Table of Contents
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
☒
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020
OR
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
☐
For the transition period from to
Commission File Number: 001-36383
Five9, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)
94-3394123
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
Title of each class
Common Stock, $0.001 par value
3001 Bishop Drive, Suite 350
San Ramon, CA 94583
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)
(925) 201-2000
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Trading Symbol(s)
FIVN
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Name of each exchange on which registered
The NASDAQ Global Market
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes: x No: o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes: o No: x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90
days. Yes: x No: o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-
T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes: x No: o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging
growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the
Exchange Act.
Large Accelerated Filer
Non-accelerated filer
x
o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting Company)
Accelerated Filer
Smaller Reporting Company
Emerging growth company
o
☐
☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised
financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of
the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C.
7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes: ☐ No: ☒
The aggregate market value of registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant based upon the closing sale price on the NASDAQ Global Market
on June 30, 2020, the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $5,711.0 million. Shares held by each executive
officer, director and their affiliated holders and by each other person (if any) who owns 10% of the outstanding common stock or more have been excluded in that such
persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.
As of February 19, 2021, there were 66,659,859 shares of the Registrant’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, outstanding.
Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2021 Annual Stockholders’ Meeting, which the registrant expects to file with the Securities and
Exchange Commission within 120 days of December 31, 2020, are incorporated by reference into Part III (Items 10, 11,12, 13 and 14) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Table of Contents
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
FIVE9, INC.
FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ITEM 1. Business
ITEM 1A. Risk Factors
ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
ITEM 2. Properties
ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings
ITEM 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
PART I
PART II
ITEM 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data
ITEM 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Overview
Key Operating and Financial Performance Metrics
Key Components of Our Results of Operations
Results of Operations For the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
Contractual Obligations
ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk
ITEM 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures
ITEM 9B. Other Information
ITEM 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
ITEM 11. Executive Compensation
PART III
ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
ITEM 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
ITEM 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
ITEM 16. Form 10–K Summary
Signatures
PART IV
1
2
4
14
47
48
48
48
49
51
52
52
54
55
57
59
61
62
62
64
65
108
108
109
110
110
110
110
110
111
113
114
Table of Contents
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which involve substantial risks and uncertainties. These statements reflect the current views of our
senior management with respect to future events and our financial performance. These forward-looking statements include statements with respect to our
business, expenses, strategies, losses, growth plans, product and client initiatives, market growth projections, and our industry. Statements that include the
words “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “project,” “forecast,” “estimate,” “may,” “should,” “anticipate” and similar statements of a future or forward-
looking nature identify forward-looking statements for purposes of the federal securities laws or otherwise.
Forward-looking statements address matters that involve risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, there are or will be important factors that could cause
our actual results to differ materially from those indicated in these statements. These factors include the information set forth under the caption “Risk
Factors” and elsewhere in this report, and include the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
our quarterly and annual results may fluctuate significantly, including as a result of the timing and success of new product and feature
introductions by us, may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business and may result in decreases in the price of our common
stock;
if we are unable to attract new clients or sell additional services and functionality to our existing clients, our revenue and revenue growth will be
harmed;
our recent rapid growth may not be indicative of our future growth, and even if we continue to grow rapidly, we may fail to manage our growth
effectively;
failure to adequately retain and expand our sales force will impede our growth;
if we fail to manage our technical operations infrastructure, our existing clients may experience service outages, our new clients may experience
delays in the deployment of our solution and we could be subject to, among other things, claims for credits or damages;
our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties and our failure to successfully maintain, grow and
manage these relationships could harm our business;
• we have established, and are continuing to increase, our network of master agents and resellers to sell our solution; our failure to effectively
develop, manage, and maintain this network could materially harm our revenues;
•
•
•
adverse economic conditions may harm our business;
the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic have materially affected how we, our clients and business partners are operating, and the duration and
extent to which it will impact our future results of operations and overall financial performance remain uncertain;
security breaches and improper access to or disclosure of our data or our clients’ data, or other cyber attacks on our systems, could result in
litigation and regulatory risk, harm our reputation and our business;
• we may acquire other companies, or technologies or be the target of strategic transactions, or be impacted by transactions by other companies,
which could divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and harm our
operating results;
the markets in which we participate involve numerous competitors and are highly competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating
results could be harmed;
if our existing clients terminate their subscriptions or reduce their subscriptions and related usage, our revenues and gross margins will be harmed
and we will be required to spend more money to grow our client base;
•
•
• we sell our solution to larger organizations that require longer sales and implementation cycles and often demand more configuration and
integration services or customized features and functions that we may not offer, any of which could delay or prevent these sales and harm our
growth rates, business and operating results;
because a significant percentage of our revenue is derived from existing clients, downturns or upturns in new sales will not be immediately
reflected in our operating results and may be difficult to discern;
•
• we rely on third-party telecommunications and internet service providers to provide our clients and their customers with telecommunication
services and connectivity to our cloud contact center software and any
2
Table of Contents
failure by these service providers to provide reliable services could cause us to lose clients and subject us to claims for credits or damages, among
other things;
• we have a history of losses and we may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability;
•
the contact center software solutions market is subject to rapid technological change, and we must develop and sell incremental and new products
in order to maintain and grow our business;
• we may not be able to secure additional financing on favorable terms, or at all, to meet our future capital needs;
•
• we may not have sufficient cash to service our convertible senior notes and repay such notes, if required.
failure to comply with laws and regulations could harm our business and our reputation; and
The foregoing factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read together with the other cautionary statements included in this report.
If one or more of these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, our actual results may differ
materially from what we anticipate. You should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statements you read in
this report reflect our views only as of the date of this report with respect to future events and are subject to these and other risks, uncertainties and
assumptions relating to our operations, results of operations, growth strategy and liquidity. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking
statements made in this report to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this report or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated
events, except as required by law.
3
Table of Contents
ITEM 1. Business
Overview
PART I
Five9 is a pioneer and leading provider of intelligent cloud software for contact centers. We were “born in the cloud,” and since our inception, we
have exclusively focused on delivering our platform in the cloud and are disrupting a significantly large market by replacing legacy on-premise contact
center systems. Contact centers are vital hubs of interaction between organizations and their customers and, therefore, are essential to delivering successful
customer service, sales and marketing strategies. Our mission is to empower organizations to transform their contact centers into customer engagement
centers of excellence, while improving business agility and significantly lowering the cost and complexity of their contact center operations. Our purpose-
built, highly scalable and secure Virtual Contact Center, or VCC, cloud platform delivers a comprehensive suite of easy-to-use applications that enable the
breadth of contact center-related customer service, sales and marketing functions. We have become an established leader in the cloud contact center market,
facilitating more than seven billion call minutes between our more than 2,000 clients and their customers per year. We believe our ability to combine
software and telephony into a single unified platform that is delivered in the cloud creates a significant advantage.
We believe there are two key industry trends driving growth in the cloud contact center market.
First is the rapid increase in adoption of cloud contact center software solutions as a result of several distinct factors. The increasing adoption of
cloud computing, especially within customer relationship management, or CRM, is creating strong demand for integrated cloud contact center software
solutions. In addition, cloud contact center software solutions now offer the functionality required by large, complex enterprise contact centers.
Furthermore, we believe organizations typically refresh their on-premise contact center systems every eight to 10 years, which provides an opportunity for
cloud solutions to replace legacy on-premise contact center systems when these replacement decisions arise. On-premise systems require large up-front
investments, long deployment cycles, and are burdensome to maintain. These systems are also often inflexible, complex, and require significant duplication
of effort and integration across multiple sites. In addition, the COVID-19 pandemic has increased the prevalence of agents working remotely which
presents a challenge to premise-based systems that, by design, are focused on a particular physical location. This creates substantial challenges for clients
with on-premise contact center systems. As a result, cloud contact center software solutions are continuing to replace legacy on-premise contact center
systems.
Second is digital transformation. Consumers have the ability to easily and quickly switch brands after experiencing poor customer service.
Therefore, it is more critical than ever to provide the tools and technologies to meet consumer demands for a seamless experience across digital channels of
their choice. Cloud contact center software solutions provide organizations with the agility to adapt to a rapidly evolving environment and innovative
functionalities to reimagine the way they engage with customers.
Additionally, with the advent of real-time, accurate and increasingly economical automatic speech recognition and natural language processing, or
NLP, previously analog voice conversations with consumers can now be digitized. This newly-digitized data along with text channels such as WhatsApp,
SMS, chat and social are increasingly allowing mundane contact center tasks to be handled economically and efficiently by virtual agents and making live
agents more efficient.
Our solution, comprised of our VCC cloud platform and various associated applications such as Workforce Optimization, or WFO, Workforce
Automation, or WFA, and interactive virtual agent, or IVA, allows simultaneous management and optimization of customer interactions across voice, chat,
email, web, social media and mobile channels, either directly or through our application programming interfaces, or APIs. Our VCC cloud platform
matches each customer interaction with an appropriate agent resource and delivers relevant customer data to the agent in real-time through integrations
with adjacent enterprise applications, such as CRM software, to optimize the customer experience and improve agent productivity. Our solution ensures our
clients always have the latest version of our software. Delivered on-demand, our solution enables our clients to quickly deploy agent seats in any
geographic location with only a computer, headset and broadband internet connection, and rapidly adjust the number of contact center agent seats in
response to changing business requirements. Unlike legacy on-premise contact center systems, our solution requires minimal up-front investment, can be
rapidly deployed and are maintained by us in the cloud.
4
Table of Contents
Our sales model consists of a field sales team that sells our solution into larger opportunities and a telesales team that sells our solution into smaller
opportunities. We have developed a proven, high velocity, metrics-driven sales and marketing strategy, designed to effectively identify, qualify and close
sales opportunities. To complement this go-to-market strategy, we have developed a large ecosystem of technology and system integrator partners and
independent software vendors to help increase awareness of our solution in the market and drive additional sales opportunities with new and existing
clients. We have also established, and are continuing to increase, our network of master sales agents, which provide sales leads and resellers that sell our
solution to new clients. This network has helped us attract additional clients. Our resellers have assisted us in expanding in both domestic and international
markets.
We provide our solution through a software-as-a-service, or SaaS, business model with recurring subscriptions based primarily on the number of
agent seats and minutes of usage, as well as the specific functionalities and applications our clients deploy.
We have achieved significant growth in recent periods. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, our revenues were $434.9 million,
$328.0 million and $257.7 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 33% and 27%, respectively. We incurred net losses of $42.1 million,
$4.6 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, as a result of increased investment in our growth, along
with higher stock-based compensation and interest expense. As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, our total assets were $1,063.7 million, $482.4
million and $394.7 million, respectively. Our recurring revenue model combined with our Annual Dollar-Based Retention Rate, which was 110% under our
prior calculation based on Net Invoicing and 117% under our new calculation based on Net Revenue, both as of December 31, 2020, have enhanced our
ability to forecast our financial performance and plan future investments. For a description of how our Annual Dollar-Based Retention Rate is calculated,
please refer to ITEM 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
We operate in a single reportable segment. Please refer to the geographical information for each of the last three years in Note 11 of the notes to our
consolidated financial statements. Please refer to the discussion of risks related to our foreign operations in the section entitled “ITEM 1A. Risk Factors.”
Our Solution
We deliver comprehensive, end-to-end cloud software solution for contact centers. Our solution enables organizations of all sizes to enhance
customer experience through voice as well as digital engagement channels, improve customer service, retain loyal customers, proactively learn about their
needs rather than be reactive only when they call with an issue, increase sales performance and improve the efficiency and cost of their operations. Our
solution is designed to enable our customers to comprehensively and seamlessly engage through voice, video, website, mobile, chat, email, click-to-call,
callback, social and messaging. Our agent interface is an intuitive modern browser-based design that provides easy visualization of customer profile,
context and cross channel history. This solution is built on a modern SaaS architecture, leveraging both our own data centers and the public cloud for
certain international voice services. Our Freedom platform provides a modern micro services-based open enterprise architecture built with representational
state transfer, or REST, APIs and powerful software development kits, or SDKs, that enables customers, partners and developers to deliver powerful
solutions that bridge the context gap between their unique systems. We provide high voice quality at low costs with our Agent Connect service and our call-
by-call carrier optimization routing. With our Artificial Intelligence, or AI, enablement layer, combined with our robust NLP we can determine customer
sentiment, reason for contact and recommend the next best action, augmenting their agents capabilities and thereby enabling enterprises to transform their
customers’ experience from reactive interactions into trusted, proactive engagements. Our complete end-to-end capabilities include computer-telephony
integration, or CTI, IVA, interactive voice response, or IVR, visual IVR, low-no-code workflow automation, automatic contact distribution, or ACD, with
skills-based routing, reporting, dashboards, agent and supervisor desktop, dialer, mobile applications for contact center and customer, pre-built CRM
integrations, quality management, speech and desktop analytics, customer surveys and workforce management.
5
Table of Contents
Our cloud contact center solution, which we refer to as our solution, provide the following key elements:
• Rapid implementation, seamless updates and pre-built integrations. Our solution is designed to be deployed quickly and seamlessly with minimal
disruption to a client’s operations. The pre-built integrations with leading CRM and other enterprise applications reduce the complexity and burden-
of-effort of integrating with the client’s business applications. Our solution is designed to be seamlessly updated so that clients are always operating
on the latest version of the software, while maintaining their existing configurations, ensuring minimal disruption to the client’s contact center
operations.
• Highly flexible platform. Our solution provides easy administration, configuration and role-based functionalities for agents, supervisors and
administrators enabling the rapid adjustment of contact center resources to meet a changing mix of contact channels and peaks-and-troughs in
contact volumes.
• Scalable, secure and reliable multi-tenant architecture. Our solution provides organizations of all sizes with the robust contact center functionality,
scalability, flexibility and security required in the most sophisticated and distributed environments.
Our solution provides the following key benefits to clients:
• Higher agent productivity. Our solution empowers agent productivity and effectiveness by allowing agents to handle both inbound and outbound
calls and interact with customers across multiple digital engagement channels, including voice, chat, email, web, social media and mobile. Our
solution gives agents the ability to switch between media channels through an easy-to-use, unified interface that provides agents with all of the
relevant content and tools needed to complete the task at hand. Furthermore, our AI enabled automation features enable agent efficiency and other
cost reductions, including by utilization of NLP.
•
Improved customer experience. Our intelligent contact routing and self-service IVA and IVR capabilities, pre-built CRM integrations, and
multichannel engagement ensure that customers receive an omnichannel experience. Each new contact is quickly routed to an appropriate agent
resource. Using the rich contact history and additional context through integrations with CRM applications, agents have immediate access to the
most current, relevant and accurate information about the customer, resulting in increased first contact resolutions and a more satisfying experience
for the customer.
• Enhanced end-to-end visibility. Our solution provides clients’ operations staff, quality team and leadership with a complete view of contact center
performance through a comprehensive set of historical reports, real-time dashboards, and quality and performance management tools. Clients can
also extract reporting data from our solution for further analysis using a spreadsheet application or using the sophistication of an enterprise business
intelligence application. This insight provides an organization-wide view of customer engagement performance and allows clients to quickly
determine the appropriate actions required to address changing circumstances.
• Greater operational efficiency. Our solution provides contact center managers and supervisors with significant visibility into their agents’
productivity and effectiveness and the performance of their inbound queues and outbound campaigns. Our solution has robust intelligence and
analytics capabilities to help supervisors optimize operations and campaigns in real-time to drive increased efficiency. Our role-based interfaces
deliver specific functionality to both desktops and mobile devices to meet the unique needs of agents, supervisors and administrators.
• Compelling value proposition. We provide a unified cloud-based software and telephony platform for contact center operations, including software
applications, technology infrastructure, maintenance, monitoring, storage, security, client support and upgrades, which enables our clients to
simplify their technology infrastructure and streamline IT costs. We manage upgrades and deployments remotely, resulting in lower total cost of
operations relative to legacy on-premise contact center systems that often require in-house technical support staff.
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe that our position as a leading provider of cloud contact center software results from several key competitive strengths, including:
• Cloud-based, enterprise-grade platform and end-to-end application suite. We deliver a cloud-based enterprise-grade platform and applications suite
with multi-channel capabilities that allows our clients to
6
Table of Contents
manage their entire contact center operation. Our highly scalable, secure and multi-tenant architecture enables us to serve large, distributed
enterprises with complex contact center requirements, as well as smaller organizations, all from a single cloud platform.
• Rapid deployment and support of our comprehensive solution. Our high-touch engagement model for larger implementations leverages a proven
lifecycle approach including detailed discovery, design, testing, training and optimization. This not only accelerates agent activation, but also
targets desired business outcomes. Through the use of tools and processes that have been refined over thousands of customers, we can also
efficiently meet the needs of our smaller clients. We offer flexibility and integrate with a number of leading CRM vendors, including:
salesforce.com, Inc., or Salesforce, Oracle Corporation, or Oracle, Zendesk, Inc., or Zendesk, Microsoft Corporation, or Microsoft, ServiceNow,
Inc., or ServiceNow, and others. We also offer integrations into UC partners such as Zoom Video Communications, or Zoom , Microsoft Teams,
RingCentral, Fuze and others. We combined these comprehensive integrations with out-of-the-box application adapters that allow our customers to
easily build workflow integrations without the need for dedicated developers. Once operational, we offer a high touch premium support service
where we assign a technical account manager who has intimate knowledge of the customers’ operations so we can quickly resolve issues and fine
tune the solution. As a result, our clients’ contact centers become fully operational faster and they recognize time to value more quickly than with
legacy on-premise contact center systems.
• Reliable, secure, compliant and scalable platform. Our platform delivers what we believe is industry leading reliability utilizing public and private
cloud technology; cybersecurity using a defense-in-depth approach; scalability to accommodate the requirements of larger clients; and legal and
regulatory compliance features designed to assist our clients in complying with applicable laws, regulations and industry standards.
• Proven, repeatable and scalable go-to-market model. We engage with our clients through a highly scalable and metrics-driven sales and marketing
organization that effectively identifies, qualifies and closes sales opportunities. The deep domain expertise of our field sales team is instrumental in
selling to larger opportunities, and our highly efficient telesales model enables us to cost-effectively identify, qualify and close a high volume of
smaller opportunities. Our ecosystem of technology, system integrator and channel partners increases awareness of our solution and helps generate
new sales opportunities. We believe our go-to-market model gives us an efficient and effective means of targeting organizations of all sizes.
• Established market presence and a large, diverse client base. We have a large, diverse client base of over 2,000 organizations across multiple
industries. We believe our clients view us as a key strategic solutions provider. The performance, reliability, ease-of-use and comprehensive nature
of our solution has resulted in high client retention.
• Extensive partner ecosystem. We have cultivated a robust ecosystem of partners including a variety of leading CRM software vendors such as
Salesforce, Oracle, Zendesk, Microsoft and ServiceNow; WFO vendors such as Verint Systems Inc., or Verint, and Calabrio, Inc., or Calabrio;
unified communications vendors such as Zoom, Microsoft Teams, and Fuze; system integrators such as Accenture PLC, Deloitte Consulting LLP,
IBM, PwC LLP and Slalom Consulting, LLC; master agents and value-added resellers such as AT&T Inc. and CDW Corporation; independent
software vendors; and telephony providers globally. We believe this ecosystem has enabled us to increase our brand awareness and enhance the
functionality and value of our solution for our clients.
• Focus on innovation and thought leadership. Since our inception, we have been an innovator of intelligent cloud contact center software. Our
investment in research and development has driven our growth and enabled us to deliver a cloud contact center software solution with the features
and functionality to power the most complex contact centers. Our extensive domain expertise enables us to enhance our solution and serves as a
critical competitive differentiator. We strive to be a thought leader in our industry, identifying and developing cloud capabilities to transform
traditional contact center operations into customer engagement centers of excellence. One of the newest transformational technologies is AI, which
relies on vast volumes of data. Contact centers are a rich source of this data, from call detail records to full recordings of calls and customer
interactions. With recent advances in automatic speech recognition, voice recordings are becoming a source for training machine-learning models.
We believe that AI is having, and is likely to have, an increasingly profound impact in how businesses deliver service to their customers.
7
Table of Contents
Clients
We have a large and diverse client base comprised of more than 2,000 organizations as of December 31, 2020, with no single client representing
more than 10% of our revenues in 2020, 2019 or 2018. Our client base spans organizations of all sizes across multiple industries, including banking and
financial services, business process outsourcers, consumer, healthcare and technology.
Sales and Marketing
Marketing. To build client awareness and adoption of our solution, our lead generation activities consist primarily of client referrals, search engine
marketing, internet advertising, digital marketing campaigns, social media, trade shows, industry events, co-marketing with strategic partners,
telemarketing and out-of-home campaigns. We have adapted to various COVID-19 restrictions by converting our user group meeting from in-person to
virtual and switching from in-person to virtual attendance at various trade shows. In addition, our industry analyst, press and media outreach programs, and
web site marketing initiatives are designed to build brand awareness and preference for our solution. We offer free trials and services to allow prospective
clients to experience the quality and ease-of-use of our cloud solution, to learn about the features and functionality of our VCC cloud platform in more
detail, and to quantify the benefits of our cloud solution.
Direct Sales. Our sales model consists of a field sales team that sells our solution into larger opportunities and a telesales team that sells our solution
into smaller opportunities. Our field and telesales teams are also responsible for selling to existing clients that may renew their subscriptions, increase the
number of agents using our cloud solution, add new applications from our solution and expand the deployment of our solution across their contact centers.
Indirect Sales. We have cultivated strong partner relationships with master sales agents, system integrators and resellers to drive sales of our
solution. We have established, and continue to increase, our network of master sales agents, which provide sales leads, and resellers, which sell our solution
to new clients. This network has helped us attract additional clients.
Professional Services
We offer comprehensive professional services to our clients to assist in the successful implementation and optimization of our solution. Our
professional services include application configuration, system integration, and education and training. Our clients may use our professional services team
for implementing our solution or, in limited cases, they may also choose to perform these services themselves or engage third-party service providers to
perform these services. Our cloud solution allows us to eliminate the need for lengthy and complex technology integrations, such as deploying equipment
or maintaining hardware infrastructure for individual clients. As a result, we are typically able to deploy and optimize our solution in significantly less time
than required for deployments of legacy on-premise contact center systems.
Research and Development
Our ability to compete depends in large part on our continuous commitment to research and development and our ability to improve the functionality
of, and add new features to, our VCC cloud platform. Our core research and development center is based in our San Ramon, California headquarters, with
additional engineers located in Australia and Russia, which allows us to benefit from relatively low-cost and highly skilled software developers. Our
engineering team has deep software and telecommunications skills, and works closely with our sales team to identify our clients’ product requirements. In
addition, continuous interactions with our partners enable our engineers to enhance the usability and performance of our platform and its integration with
best-in-class CRM and other business applications and telephony technologies.
8
Table of Contents
Technology and Operations
Our highly scalable and flexible VCC cloud platform is the result of our extensive research, development, client engagement and operational
experience. Our platform is comprised of in-house developed intellectual property, open source products and commercially available hardware and
software. Our platform is designed to be redundant and we believe that all components can be upgraded, expanded or replaced with minimal or no
interruption in service.
We currently deliver our services globally from third-party co-location data center facilities located in the United States, the United Kingdom,
Europe and Australia and from a public cloud location in Canada. We also host some of our voice services on the public cloud in Europe, Asia, South
America and Australia. Our infrastructure, including our third-party co-location facilities, is designed to support real-time mission-critical
telecommunications, applications and operational support systems. Our infrastructure is built with redundant, fault-tolerant components divided into
distinct security zones forming protective layers for our applications and customer data.
We have designed and maintain an operations, capacity and security program to monitor and maintain our platform, ensure efficient utilization of the
platform capacity and protect against security threats or data breaches. Our operations team monitors our data centers for potential performance issues,
unauthorized attempts to access secure data or applications and the overall integrity of the platform.
Competition
The market for contact center software is fragmented, highly competitive and evolving rapidly in response to shifting consumer behavior, especially
the rapid adoption of mobile devices and social media. The proliferation of each is driving change in contact center technology, as customers expect
companies to give them the option of seamless communication across any channel according to their preference and needs. Combined with the disruptive
nature of the cloud in the contact center, this has resulted in competitors who come from different market and product heritages, and who vary in size,
breadth and scope of the products and services offered. We currently compete with large legacy vendors that offer on-premise contact center systems, such
as Avaya Inc., or Avaya, and Cisco Systems, Inc., or Cisco. These legacy telephony vendors are increasingly supplementing their traditional on-premise
contact center systems with competing cloud offerings, through a combination of acquisitions, partnerships and in-house development. Additionally, we
compete with vendors that historically provided other contact center services and technologies and expanded to offer cloud contact center software such as
NICE Ltd., or NICE, and Genesys Telecommunications Laboratories, Inc., or Genesys. We also face competition from many smaller contact center service
providers such as Talkdesk and Seranova, as well as vendors offering both unified communications and contact center solutions. In addition, Amazon.com,
Inc., or Amazon, and Twilio Inc., or Twilio, have introduced solutions aimed at companies who wish to build their own contact centers with in-house
developers. In addition, CRM vendors are increasingly offering features and functionality that were traditionally provided by contact center service
providers. CRM vendors also continue to partner with contact center service providers to provide integrated solutions and may, in the future, acquire
competitive contact center service providers. These factors could cause CRM vendors to reduce or terminate their partnerships with us, and could result in
increased competition. Because CRM integration and partnerships are critical to the success of our solution, these factors could harm our revenue and
results of operations.
Our actual and potential competitors may enjoy competitive advantages over us, including greater name recognition, longer operating histories and
larger marketing budgets, as well as greater financial and technical resources. With the introduction of new technologies and market entrants, we expect
competition to continue to intensify in the future. Our recent, and any future, acquisitions will subject us to new competitors and cause us to face additional
and different competition in the markets served by these businesses. We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include:
• breadth and depth of solution features;
•
•
•
•
reliability, scalability and quality of the platform;
ease and speed of deployment;
ease of application administration and use;
level of client satisfaction;
• domain expertise in contact center operations;
•
integration with third-party applications;
9
Table of Contents
•
ability to quickly adapt and upgrade to new and evolving technologies, including AI;
• pricing;
•
ability to quickly adjust agent seats based on business requirements;
• breadth and domain expertise of the sales, marketing and support organization;
•
•
•
•
ability to keep pace with client requirements;
extent and efficiency of professional services;
ability to offer multiple channels of engagement; and
size and financial stability of operations.
We believe we currently compete effectively with respect to each of the factors identified above.
Intellectual Property
We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, and trade secret laws in the U.S. and other jurisdictions, as well as license agreements, confidentiality
agreements and other contractual protections, to protect our proprietary technology. We also rely on a number of registered and unregistered trademarks to
protect our brand. In addition, we require our employees and independent contractors involved in development of intellectual property on our behalf to
enter into agreements acknowledging that all works or other intellectual property generated or conceived by them on our behalf are our property, and
assigning to us any rights, including intellectual property rights, that they may claim or otherwise have in those works or property, to the extent allowable
under applicable law.
As of December 31, 2020, our intellectual property portfolio included three registered U.S. trademarks, 11 issued U.S. patents, four pending U.S.
patent application and one registered U.S. copyright. As of December 31, 2020, outside the U.S. we also had five issued patents and nine trademark
registrations. The expiration dates of our issued patents range from 2030 to 2038. In general, our patents and patent applications apply to aspects of our
VCC cloud platform.
We are also a party to various license agreements with third parties that typically grant us the right to use certain third-party technology in
conjunction with our solution. We expect that software and other applications in our industry may be subject to third-party infringement claims as the
number of competitors grows and the functionality of applications in different industry segments overlaps. Any of these third parties might make a claim of
infringement against us at any time.
Seasonality
We believe that there are seasonal factors that cause our revenues in the first half of a year to be lower than our revenues in the second half of the
year. During 2020, 2019 and 2018, 55%, 54%, and 53% of our total revenues were generated in the second half of each year. We believe this is due to
increased activities in retail, healthcare and education in the second half of each year.
Employees and Human Capital Resources
Our employees and the culture we have established are the key to our success. As of December 31, 2020, we had 1,549 full-time employees. 42% of
our employees are in various cost of revenue functions, 20% in research and development, 27% in sales and marketing and 11% in general and
administrative. Our employee turnover for the last three years has averaged 10.6%.
The key human capital measures and objectives that we focus on in managing our business are maintaining our company culture, increasing our
diversity and inclusion, compensation philosophy and COVID-19 and employee safety.
Company Culture
We have built a culture of high performance based upon our Five9 values:
1. Always do the right thing for the customer.
2. Good enough isn’t good enough.
3. We value diversity.
4. We are relentless learners.
5. We bias toward action, “kick the bolt”.
10
Table of Contents
6. We treat it like we own it.
7. A spirit of service guides us.
8. We believe in the servant leader.
9. We act with integrity and humility and as a team.
10. We keep it simple. Less is more.
The Five9 values are woven through the entire employee lifecycle and used in the interview process to ensure we hire candidates that have personal
values that align with our values, they are instrumental in the employee performance self-reflection cycle by having employees share how they’ve lived our
values, Five9 regularly celebrates employees that live our values through recognition and rewards. We introduce new employees to our values during new
hire orientation and our values are visible in the offer package as well as company employee resources pages. Our CEO also weaves the values into
quarterly company meetings and regular meet ups, such as “Thursdays in the Cloud” where one of the values may be highlighted through a story and
employee example.
We regularly collect feedback to better understand and improve the employee experience and identify opportunities to continually strengthen our
culture. 77% of employees participated in our most recent employee survey in 2020. Last year we achieved the highest level of employee engagement
according to our vendor, Culture Amp, as noted in its Engagement and Inclusion benchmark (top quartile) based upon responses from 1,801 companies.
Employees’ highest rated areas were the following: contribution to broader purpose (97%) and engagement (97%).
Diversity & Inclusion at Five9
We value diversity and hold ourselves accountable to create a culture where our employees represent humanity. We embrace authenticity and trust
and lead with transparency, empowering our employees to have a voice that's heard. We are committed to learning, empowering, advocating, allying and
supporting each other within the company and in our communities. Our recruiting programs support and encourage diversity. We recruit from various
diversity organizations, including historically black colleges and universities, the Career Cast Diversity Network of Women, Black, Hispanic, Asian,
LGBTQIA, the Career Cast Disability Network, and the Career Cast Veteran Network. In addition, we have several Employee Resource Groups, or ERGs,
that are committed to diversity and creating and fostering a culture of inclusion. Our ERGs include Women In Tech, Blatinx, Five9 Faith and Pride @
Five9. We are currently working with Black Girls Code to offer an online educational session for underserved girls enlisted in their program and female
employees are facilitating the class. We have also created a mentorship programs with a specific eye towards diversity. Executive sponsors of the program
reach out to employees from underrepresented groups to promote the program and encourage employees to participate. Our human resources team pairs
mentors with mentees to enable employees to receive opportunities for growth and development.
Women represent 28% of our worldwide employees and racial and ethnic minorities represent 21% of our U.S. employees as of December 31, 2020.
Compensation Philosophy
At Five9, we strive to attract and retain the best employees by providing a total rewards package that is at or above market rates to enable us to
attract and retain employee talent needed to accomplish our goals and objectives. Our competitive rewards packages include cash, bonus programs
dependent upon the position, equity awards and benefits aligned to prevailing market practices, and in cases where business demands are unique, we may
lead the competitive market.
Full-time employees and their family members enjoy comprehensive benefits programs and perks because we believe they often provide much
needed resources and improve the daily life of our employees. In an effort to attract and retain the best talent we strive to offer benefit programs that will
enable our employees to thrive both at work and at home. We cover 100% of the employee portion of our healthcare benefits and share a high portion of the
dependent costs. Our competitive global benefits include a Parental Leave Policy, flexible schedules, financial and physical wellness programs and fertility
benefits.
11
Table of Contents
COVID-19 and Employee Safety
During the Covid-19 pandemic our primary focus has been the health and safety of our employees and their families. We enabled all of our global
employees to transition to a work from home environment and we provided two Covid-19 relief bonuses to all employees Sr. Director and below to help
offset the financial impact of the pandemic. We assisted employees with a work from home stipend that employees could use to make their home office
more conducive to comfortably working from home. In addition, we offered a meal delivery service discount to employees during the summer months to
assist employees with balancing the demands of working from home and managing the distance learning requirements of their children. We also offered
benefits that enabled employees to prioritize their wellness by offering health and wellness resources such as yoga, meditation and counseling resources if
needed.
Talent Development
Employee development is a key focus in the attraction, retention and management of our talent. Semi-annually, we facilitate employee self-reflection
cycles where employees have development conversations with their manager. The purpose of these conversations is to foster the employee’s development
plans and career goals. Managers and employees discuss growth and development opportunities in these sessions and conversations and development plans
are tracked via the employee performance platform. We also host a quarterly development series for all employees to enhance their career development.
The development series topics have included mentorship, communicating for shared success, the art of influence and a career workshop. This development
series aims to provide educational opportunities for leadership and growth for our employees. We also have succession planning that focuses on identifying
employees that are high potential and high performing and plans for developing them into future leadership roles by creating action plans and a path for the
employee’s progression.
Regulatory
The following summarizes important, but not all, federal, state and foreign regulations that could impact our operations. Federal and state regulations
are subject to judicial review, administrative revision and statutory changes through legislation that could materially affect how we and others in this
industry operate.
The Telecommunications Act of 1996 vests the Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, with jurisdiction over interstate telecommunications
services, while preserving state and local jurisdiction over many aspects of these services. As a result, telecommunications services are regulated at both the
federal and state levels in the United States.
We are classified as a telecommunications service provider for federal regulatory purposes. Since our business is regulated by the FCC, we are
subject to existing or potential FCC regulations relating to privacy, disability access, porting of numbers, automatic number dialing, contributions to the
federal Universal Service Fund and related funds, or USF, and other requirements. If we do not comply with FCC rules and regulations, we could be
subject to FCC enforcement actions, fines and possibly restrictions on our ability to operate or offer certain of our services. Any enforcement action by the
FCC, which may be a public process, would hurt our reputation in the industry, possibly impair our ability to sell our services to clients and could harm our
business and results of operations. The FTC also has jurisdiction over some of our business practices, including advertising, trade practices, privacy and
telemarketing. If we do not comply with FTC rules and regulations, we could be subject to an FTC enforcement action, fines or restrictions on our business
practices.
We must comply with numerous federal regulations, including:
• Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991, or TCPA, which regulates the use of automatic dialing equipment and pre-recorded messages to
contact consumers, and the Telemarketing Sales Rule, which has similar obligations as to telemarketing activities;
• The TRACED Act and corresponding regulations from the FCC, which requires carriers to authenticate incoming calls using the STIR/SHAKEN
caller ID framework and correspondingly compels providers of telecommunications services to implement capabilities to certify as authentic the
traffic they provide to those carriers;
• CALEA, which requires telecommunications service providers to assist law enforcement in undertaking electronic surveillance;
12
Table of Contents
• KARI’s Law and RAY BAUM’s Act, which require telecommunications carriers to ensure their users can directly dial 911 emergency services and,
•
if technically feasible, automatically convey dispatchable location information with the call;
contributions to the USF, which requires that we pay a percentage of our revenues resulting from the provision of interstate telecommunications
services to support certain federal programs;
• payment of annual FCC regulatory fees based on our interstate and international revenues;
•
rules pertaining to access to our services by people with disabilities and contributions to the Telecommunications Relay Services fund;
• FCC rules regarding Customer Proprietary Network Information, or CPNI, which require that we not use certain information received from
customers as a result of a service provider/customer relationship without customer approval, subject to certain exceptions;
• Federal Trade Commission Act and rules promulgated thereunder, which generally relate to avoiding unfair and deceptive trade practices, our
advertising, and privacy practices; and.
• The California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018, or the CCPA, which requires us to comply with a privacy framework and disclosure obligations to
consumers for whom we hold or process personal data.
In addition, we must make contributions and other payments on our usage-based fees to state and local governmental entities. The tax and fee
structure for communications services such as ours is complex, ambiguous and subject to interpretation. If taxing and regulatory authorities enact new rules
or regulations or expand their interpretations of existing rules and regulations, we could incur additional liabilities. The amount that we are required to pay
under certain of these tax and regulatory structures also continues to increase as a percentage of our telecommunications revenues. The collection of
additional taxes, fees or surcharges in the future could increase our prices or reduce our profit margins. Compliance with these regulations may also make
us less competitive with those competitors who are not subject to, or choose not to comply with, these regulations. See Note 10 of the notes to consolidated
financial statements under ITEM 8 of this Form 10-K for a discussion of our liabilities related to USF matters.
As we expand internationally, we will be subject to laws and regulations in the countries in which we offer our services. Regulation of the solutions
we provide outside the U.S. varies from country to country, is often unclear, and may be more onerous than those imposed on our services in the U.S. For
example, the European Union adopted a law governing data protection and privacy called the General Data Protection Regulation, or the GDPR, which
became effective on May 25, 2018. The law requires companies to meet new and extended requirements regarding the processing of personal data. Non-
compliance with the GDPR can trigger steep fines of up to €20 million or 4% of total worldwide annual turnover, whichever is higher. In addition, we are
subject to Canada’s Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act, or PIPEDA, and the analogous provincial laws, which similarly
impose data privacy and security obligations on our processing of personal data. Our regulatory obligations in foreign jurisdictions could harm the use or
cost of our solution in international locations as data protection and privacy laws and regulations around the world continue to evolve.
The legislative and regulatory scheme for telecommunications service providers and other solutions we provide will continue to evolve and can be
expected to change the competitive environment for these services. It is not possible to predict how such evolution and changes will affect our business or
our industry. If we do not comply with current or future rules or regulations that apply to our business, we could be subject to substantial additional fines
and penalties, we may have to restructure our service offerings, exit certain markets, accept lower margins or raise the price of our services, any of which
could harm our business and results of operations. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Regulatory Matters” under ITEM 1A of this Form 10-K for more
information.
Company Information
We were incorporated in Delaware in 2001. We operate in a single reportable segment. Our principal executive office is located at 3001 Bishop
Drive, Suite 350, San Ramon, CA 94583 and our telephone number is (925) 201-2000. Our website address is www.five9.com. Our website and the
information contained therein or connected thereto shall not be deemed to be incorporated into this annual report on Form 10-K. We own or have rights to
trademarks or trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business, including our corporate names, logos and domain names. In
addition, we own or have the rights to copyrights, trade secrets and other proprietary rights that protect the content of our products. Solely for convenience,
some of the copyrights, trademarks and trade names referred to in this annual report on Form 10-K are listed without ©, ® and ™ symbols,
13
Table of Contents
but we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to our copyrights, trademarks and trade names.
Available Information
Our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy and information statements and amendments
to reports are filed with, or furnished to, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, or the Exchange Act. The SEC maintains a website at https://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other
information regarding Five9 and other companies that file materials with the SEC electronically. Copies of our reports on Form 10-K, Forms 10-Q
and Forms 8-K, may be obtained, free of charge, electronically through our internet website, http://investors.five9.com/sec.cfm as soon as reasonably
practicable after such material is filed electronically with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information on our website is not a part of, or incorporated by
reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ITEM 1A. Risk Factors
Our operations and financial results are subject to various risks and uncertainties. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties
described below, together with all of the other information in this report. If any of the following risks or other risks actually occur, our business, financial
condition, results of operations, and future prospects could be materially harmed, and the price of our common stock could decline.
Risk Factors Summary
The following is a summary of the principal risks that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects.
• Our quarterly and annual results may fluctuate significantly, may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business and may result in
•
decreases in the price of our common stock.
If we are unable to attract new clients or sell additional services and functionality to our existing clients, our revenue and revenue growth will be
harmed.
• Our recent rapid growth may not be indicative of our future growth, and if we continue to grow rapidly, we may fail to manage our growth
•
•
effectively.
Failure to adequately retain and expand our direct sales force will impede our growth.
If we fail to manage our technical operations infrastructure, our existing clients may experience service outages, our new clients may experience
delays in the deployment of our solution and we could be subject to, among other things, claims for credits or damages.
• Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties and our failure to successfully maintain, grow and
manage these relationships could harm our business.
• We have established, and are continuing to increase, our network of master agents and resellers to sell our solution; our failure to effectively
develop, manage, and maintain this network could materially harm our revenues.
• Adverse economic conditions may harm our business.
•
The effects of the COVID-19 pandemic have materially affected how we, our clients and business partners are operating, and the duration and
extent to which this will impact our future results of operations and overall financial performance remains uncertain.
Security breaches and improper access to or disclosure of our data or our clients’ data, or other cyber attacks on our systems, could result in
litigation and regulatory risk, harm our reputation and our business.
•
• We may acquire other companies, or technologies or be the target of strategic transactions, or be impacted by transactions by other companies,
which could divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and harm our
operating results.
The markets in which we participate involve numerous competitors and are highly competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our
operating results could be harmed.
•
14
Table of Contents
•
If our existing clients terminate their subscriptions or reduce their subscriptions and related usage, our revenues and gross margins will be harmed
and we will be required to spend more money to grow our client base.
• We sell our solution to larger organizations that require longer sales and implementation cycles and often demand more configuration and
integration services or customized features and functions that we may not offer, any of which could delay or prevent these sales and harm our
growth rates, business and operating results.
Because a significant percentage of our revenue is derived from existing clients, downturns or upturns in new sales will not be immediately
reflected in our operating results and may be difficult to discern.
•
• We rely on third-party telecommunications and internet service providers to provide our clients and their customers with telecommunication
services and connectivity to our cloud contact center software and any failure by these service providers to provide reliable services could cause us
to lose clients and subject us to claims for credits or damages, among other things.
• We have a history of losses and we may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability.
•
The contact center software solutions market is subject to rapid technological change, and we must develop and sell incremental and new products
in order to maintain and grow our business.
• We may not be able to secure additional financing on favorable terms, or at all, to meet our future capital needs.
•
• We may not have sufficient cash to service our convertible senior notes and repay such notes, if required.
Failure to comply with laws and regulations could harm our business and our reputation.
Risks Related to COVID-19
The effects of the COVID-19 pandemic have materially affected how we, our clients and business partners are operating, and the duration and extent
to which this will impact our future results of operations and overall financial performance remains uncertain.
In December 2019, a novel coronavirus disease known as COVID-19 was reported and on March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization, or WHO,
characterized COVID-19 as a pandemic. This pandemic has resulted in a widespread health crisis that has continued to significantly harm the U.S. and
global economies and has caused significant fluctuation in financial markets, including those on which our common stock and other securities trade, and
may impact demand for our solution.
In accordance with the various social distancing and other office closure orders and recommendations of applicable government agencies, all of our
employees have transitioned to work-from-home operations and we have canceled all business travel by our employees except where necessary and
properly authorized, which has changed how we operate our business. Our clients and business partners are also subject to various and changing social
distancing and office closure orders and recommendations and travel restrictions or prohibitions, which have changed the way we interact with our clients
and business partners. Moreover, the conditions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, the extent of which depends upon its prolonged impact, has or may:
•
•
•
harm our ability to renew and maintain our relationships with our existing clients;
cause our existing clients to reduce the number of seats to which they subscribe, seek price concessions, or go out of business, which would harm
our revenue;
result in some of our clients failing to comply with the terms of their agreements, including payment terms, due to economic uncertainty, financial
hardship, and even failure of these businesses, which could result in us being required to take action to collect payments, terminate their
subscriptions for our solution, increase accounts receivable, and reduce collections, any which would increase our expenses and harm our revenues
and results of operations;
• make it more difficult for us to sell increased services or functionality to our existing clients;
15
Table of Contents
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
reduce the rate of spending on enterprise software solutions or cloud-based enterprise contact center systems generally;
delay prospective clients’ decisions to subscribe to our solution, increase the length of sales cycles, or slow the typical growth in the use of our
solution once clients have initially deployed our solution;
harm our ability to effectively market and sell our solution, particularly during social distancing and office closure orders;
change the mix and sizes or types of organizations that purchase our solution;
delay the introduction of enhancements to our solution and market acceptance of any new features and products;
harm our ability to grow our international sales and operations;
harm our ability to recruit, onboard and successfully integrate new employees, including members of our direct sales force, both domestically and
internationally, as a result of not being able to interface in person;
harm our ability to maintain our corporate culture with an employee base temporarily working remotely and facing unique personal and
professional challenges;
increase the burden on our technical operations infrastructure, which could harm the capacity, stability, security and performance of our operations
infrastructure and potentially leave us more vulnerable to security breaches;
increase the risk that we may experience cybersecurity-related events such as COVID-19 themed phishing attacks, exploitation of any
cybersecurity flaws that may exist, an increase in the number of cybersecurity threats or attacks, and other security challenges as a result of our
employees and service providers continuing to work remotely from non-corporate managed networks during the COVID-19 pandemic, and
potentially beyond as remote work and resource access expand;
limit our ability to efficiently provide professional services to our larger clients, as those services have typically been performed onsite, which
could delay implementation of our solution at new clients;
harm our ability to manage, maintain or increase our network of master agents and resellers to sell our solution, and make it more difficult for
them to effectively assist us with their sales efforts;
impact the health and safety of our employees, including our senior management team, and their ability to perform services;
cause our management team to continue to commit significant time, attention and resources to monitor the COVID-19 pandemic and seek to
mitigate its effect on our business and workforce;
lead to the adoption of additional new laws and regulations that we are required to comply with and that could harm our results of operations, and
we may be subject to COVID-19 related litigation; and
cause the price per share of our common stock or the trading price of our convertible senior notes to continue to experience substantial volatility,
and potentially decline, based on developments and announcements related to COVID-19 and its impact on the global and U.S. economy in
general or our industry in particular, our failure to meet our guidance or analyst expectations or withdrawal or modification by us of previously
issued guidance.
Any of the foregoing factors could significantly harm our future sales, operating results, gross margins and overall financial performance, which could
cause us to experience a decreased level of growth of our business and make our future financial results and prospects difficult to predict. The COVID-19
pandemic and its impact on us and the U.S. and global economies could limit our ability to forecast our future operating results, including our ability to
predict revenue and expense levels, and plan for and model future results of operations. Moreover, because a significant portion of our revenue is derived
from existing clients, downturns in new sales will not immediately be reflected in our operating results and may be difficult to discern until future periods.
Our competitors could experience different impacts as a result of COVID-19, which could result in changes to our competitive landscape.
16
Table of Contents
The duration and extent of the impact from the COVID-19 pandemic depends on future developments that cannot be accurately predicted at this time,
such as the ongoing severity and transmission rate of the virus, the extent and effectiveness of vaccine programs and other containment actions, the
duration of social distancing, office closure and other restrictions on businesses and society at large, and the specific impact of these and other factors on
our business, employees, clients and partners. If we are not able to respond to and manage the impact of such events effectively, our business will be
harmed. There are no comparable recent events that provide guidance as to the effect the COVID-19 pandemic may have and, as a result, the ultimate
impact of the outbreak on our business and operations is highly uncertain and subject to change. The effects of the COVID-19 pandemic could have a
material impact on our results of operations and increase many of the other risks described herein.
Risks Related to Our Financial Results
Our quarterly and annual results may fluctuate significantly, may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business and may result in
decreases in the price of our common stock.
Our quarterly and annual results of operations, including our revenues, profitability and cash flow have varied, and may vary significantly in the
future, and period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. Accordingly, the results of any one quarter or period, or series of
quarters or periods, should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Our quarterly and annual financial results may fluctuate as a result of
a variety of factors, many of which are outside our control and, as a result, may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business. Fluctuation in
quarterly and annual results may harm the value of our common stock. Factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results include,
without limitation:
• market acceptance of our solution, including new features that are added to our solution;
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
our ability to attract new clients and grow our business with existing clients;
client renewal rates;
client attrition rates;
network outages or security incidents, which may result in additional expenses or losses, legal or regulatory actions, the loss of clients, the
provision of client credits, and harm to our reputation;
our ability to make technological advancements and add more features to our solution;
our ability to adequately expand our sales and service team;
our ability to acquire and maintain strategic and client relationships;
the timing and success of new product and feature introductions by us or our competitors or any other change in the competitive dynamics of our
industry, including consolidation, partnership or collaboration among competitors, clients or strategic partners;
our ability to successfully integrate companies, businesses and technology that we acquire and achieve a positive return on our investment;
general economic, industry and market conditions;
the amount and timing of costs and expenses related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;
seasonal factors that may cause our revenues in the first half of a year to be relatively lower than our revenues in the second half of a year;
inaccessibility or failure of our cloud contact center software due to failures in the products or services provided by third parties;
the amount and timing of costs and expenses related to our research and development efforts or in the acquisition of technologies or businesses
and potential future charges for impairment of goodwill from acquired companies;
our ability to expand, and effectively utilize, our network of master agents, resellers and systems integrators;
the timing of recognition of revenues under current and future GAAP;
changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;
increases or decreases in the costs to provide our solution or pricing changes upon any renewals of client agreements;
the level of professional services and support we provide our clients;
17
Table of Contents
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
fluctuations or changes in the components of our revenue;
the addition or loss of key clients, including through acquisitions or consolidations;
compliance with, or changes in, the current and future domestic and international regulatory environment;
the hiring, training and retention of key employees;
the outcome of litigation or other claims against us;
the ability to expand internationally, and to do so profitability;
our ability to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms if and when needed; and
advances and trends in new technologies and industry standards.
Because a significant percentage of our revenue is derived from existing clients, downturns or upturns in new sales will not be immediately reflected in
our operating results and may be difficult to discern.
We generally recognize subscription revenue from clients monthly as services are delivered. As a result, the vast majority of the subscription revenue
we report in each quarter is derived from existing clients. Consequently, a decline in new subscriptions in any single quarter will likely have only a small
impact on our revenue results for that quarter. However, the cumulative impact of such declines could negatively impact our business and results of
operations in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales and market acceptance of our solution, and potential changes in our
pricing policies or renewal rates, will typically not be reflected in our results of operations until future periods. We also may be unable to adjust our cost
structure to reflect the changes in revenue, resulting in lower margins and earnings. In addition, our subscription model makes it difficult for us to rapidly
increase our revenue through additional sales in any period, as revenue from new clients will be recognized over time as services are delivered. Moreover,
many of our clients initially deploy our solution to support only a portion of their contact center agents and, therefore, we may not generate significant
revenue from these new clients at the outset of our relationship, if at all. Any increase to our revenue and the value of these existing client relationships will
only be reflected in our results of operations as subscription revenue is recognized, and if and when these clients increase the number of agent seats and the
number of components of our solution they deploy over time.
Shifts over time or from quarter-to-quarter in the mix of sizes or types of organizations that purchase our solution or changes in the components of our
solution purchased by our clients could affect our gross margins and operating results.
Our strategy is to sell our solution to both smaller and larger organizations. Our gross margins can vary depending on numerous factors related to the
implementation and use of our solution, including the features and number of agent seats purchased by our clients and the level of usage and professional
services and support required by our clients. For example, our larger clients typically require more professional services and because our professional
services offerings typically have lower margins, any increase in sales of professional services could harm our gross margins and operating results. We also
have lower margins on our usage revenues. Sales to larger organizations may also entail longer sales cycles and more significant selling efforts and
expense. Selling to smaller clients may involve smaller contract sizes, fewer opportunities to sell additional services, a higher likelihood of contract
terminations, lower returns on sales and marketing expense, fewer potential agent seats and greater credit risk and uncertainty. If the mix of organizations
that purchase our solution, or the mix of solution components purchased by our clients, changes unfavorably, our revenues and gross margins could
decrease and our operating results could be harmed.
We have a history of losses and we may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability.
We have incurred losses in each annual period since our inception in 2001. We incurred net losses of $42.1 million, $4.6 million and $0.2 million for
the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, we had an accumulated deficit of $198.2 million. These losses
and our accumulated deficit reflect the substantial investments we have made, and continue to make, to develop our solution and acquire new clients,
among other expenses. We expect the dollar amount of our costs and expenses to increase in the future as revenue increases, although at a slower rate. We
expect our losses to continue for the foreseeable future as we continue to invest in sales and marketing and research and development and expand our
business. In addition, as a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses. Our historical or recent growth in
18
Table of Contents
revenues is not necessarily indicative of our future performance. Accordingly, there is no assurance that we will achieve profitability in the future or that, if
we do become profitable, we will sustain profitability.
Risks Related to Our Growth
Our recent rapid growth may not be indicative of our future growth, and if we continue to grow rapidly, we may fail to manage our growth effectively.
For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, our revenues were $434.9 million, $328.0 million and $257.7 million, respectively,
representing year-over-year growth of 33% and 27%, respectively. In the future, as our revenue increases, our annual revenue growth rate may decline. We
believe our revenue growth will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
compete with other vendors of cloud-based enterprise contact center systems, including recent market entrants, and with providers of legacy on-
premise systems;
increase our existing clients’ use of our solution, including additional and new features of our solution;
further develop our partner ecosystem;
strengthen and improve our solution through significant investments in research and development and the introduction of new and enhanced
features and functionality;
introduce our solution to new markets outside of the United States and increase global awareness of our brand;
selectively pursue acquisitions that enhance our solution offerings; and
respond to general macro economic factors and industry and market conditions, including the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic.
If we are not successful in achieving these objectives, our ability to grow our revenue may be harmed. In addition, we plan to continue to invest in
future growth, including expending substantial financial and other resources on:
•
•
•
•
•
sales and marketing, including a significant expansion of our sales and professional services organization;
our technology infrastructure, including systems architecture, management tools, scalability, availability, performance and security, as well as
disaster recovery measures;
solution development, including investments in our solution development team, the development of new solutions and in the acquisition of
companies and technologies to enhance our solution, as well as new applications and features for our existing solution;
international expansion; and
general administration, including legal, regulatory compliance and accounting expenses.
Moreover, we continue to expand our headcount and operations. We grew from 983 employees as of December 31, 2018 to 1,210 employees as of
December 31, 2019, and to 1,549 employees as of December 31, 2020. We anticipate that we will continue to expand our operations and headcount in the
near term and beyond. This growth has placed, and future growth will place, a significant strain on our management, administrative, operational and
financial resources, company culture and infrastructure. For example, in the fourth quarter of 2020, we acquired Inference Solutions Inc., or Inference,
which will increase the complexity of our operations, administration and infrastructure. Our success will depend in part on our ability to manage this
growth effectively while retaining personnel. To manage the expected growth of our operations and personnel, we will need to continue to improve our
operational, financial and management controls and our reporting systems and procedures. Failure to effectively manage growth could result in difficulty or
delays in adding new clients, declines in quality or client satisfaction, increases in costs, system failures, difficulties in introducing new features or
solutions, the need for more capital than we anticipate or other operational difficulties, and any of these difficulties could harm our business performance
and results of operations.
The expected addition of new employees and the capital investments that we anticipate will be necessary to help us grow and to manage that growth
will make it more difficult for us to generate earnings or offset any future revenue shortfalls by reducing costs and expenses in the short term. If we fail to
manage our anticipated growth, we will be unable to execute our business plan successfully.
19
Table of Contents
Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties and our failure to successfully maintain, grow and manage
these relationships could harm our business.
We leverage strategic relationships with third parties, such as CRM providers, WFO providers, other technology providers, systems integrators, and
telephony providers. For example, our relationship with CRM providers and systems integrators provide significant lead generation for new client
opportunities. These relationships are typically not exclusive and our partners often also offer products of our competitors. As we grow our business, we
will continue to depend on both existing and new strategic relationships. Our competitors may be more successful than we are in establishing or expanding
relationships with third parties or may provide incentives to third parties to favor their products over our solution. Our competitors may also have deeper or
broader relationships with third parties, including products that we do not offer or that are outside our core markets, that could give these competitors an
advantage in establishing and maintaining relationships with these third parties. These strategic partners may cease to recommend our solution to
prospective clients due to actual or perceived lack of features, technological or security issues or failures, reputational concerns, economic incentives, or
other factors, which would harm our business, financial condition and operations. Furthermore, there has and continues to be a significant amount of
consolidation in our industry and adjacent industries, and if our partners are acquired, fail to work effectively with us or go out of business, they may no
longer support or promote our solution, or may be less effective in doing so, which could harm our business, financial condition and operations. If we are
unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our strategic relationships with third parties, or these partners fail to recommend our solution, our ability to
compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenues could be impaired and our operating results may suffer. Even if we are successful, we cannot assure
you that these relationships will result in increased client usage of our solution or increased revenue.
In addition, identifying new partners, and negotiating and documenting relationships with them, requires significant time and resources. As the
complexity of our solution and our third-party relationships increases, the management of those relationships and the negotiation of contractual terms
sufficient to protect our rights and limit our potential liabilities will become more complicated. We also license technology from certain third parties,
including through OEM relationships. Certain of these agreements permit either party to terminate all or a portion of the relationship without cause at any
time and for any reason. If one of these agreements is terminated by the other party, we would have to find an alternative source or develop new technology
ourselves, which preclude, limit or delay our ability to offer our solution or certain product features to our clients, result in increased expense and harm our
business. Our inability to successfully manage and maintain these complex relationships or negotiate sufficient and favorable contractual terms could harm
our business.
Our recent growth makes it difficult to evaluate and predict our current business and future prospects.
While we have been in existence since 2001, much of our employee, revenue and operations growth has occurred in recent years. Our recent growth
may make it difficult for investors to evaluate our current business and our future prospects. We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and
difficulties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly changing industries, including increasing and unforeseen expenses as we continue to
grow our business.
Our ability to forecast our future operating results is limited and subject to a number of uncertainties, including our ability to predict revenue and
expense levels, and plan for and model future growth. These uncertainties may be exacerbated by the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. We have
encountered and will continue to encounter risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly changing industries, such as the
risks and uncertainties described in this annual report. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties, which we use to plan our business, are
incorrect or change due to adjustments in our markets or our competitors and their product offerings, or if we do not address these risks successfully, our
operating and financial results could differ materially from our expectations and our business could suffer.
Risks Related to Our Clients
If we are unable to attract new clients or sell additional seats, functionality and services to our existing clients, our revenue and revenue growth will be
harmed.
To increase our revenue, we must add new clients, add additional agent seats and sell additional seats, functionality and services to existing clients,
and encourage existing clients to renew their subscriptions on terms favorable to us. As our industry matures, as our clients experience seasonal trends in
their business, or as
20
Table of Contents
competitors introduce lower cost or differentiated products or services that are perceived to compete favorably with ours, our ability to add new clients and
renew, maintain or sell additional services to existing clients based on pricing, cost of ownership, technology and functionality could be harmed. As a
result, our existing clients may not renew our agreements or may decrease their number of agent seats, and we may be unable to attract new clients or grow
or maintain our business with existing clients, which could harm our revenue and growth.
Furthermore, a portion of our revenue is generated by acquiring domestic and international telecommunications minutes from wholesale
telecommunication service providers and reselling those minutes to our clients. As telecommunications rates continue to decrease, we may not be able to
resell more minutes to maintain our level of usage revenue.
If our existing clients terminate their subscriptions or reduce their subscriptions and related usage, our revenues and gross margins will be harmed and
we will be required to spend more money to grow our client base.
We expect to continue to derive a significant portion of our revenues from existing clients. As a result, retaining our existing clients is critical to our
future operating results. We offer monthly, annual and multiple-year contracts to our clients, generally with 30 days’ notice required for reductions in the
number of agent seats. Increases in the number of agent seats can be provisioned almost immediately. Our clients, therefore, are able to adjust the number
of agent seats used to meet their changing contact center volume needs. Subscriptions and related usage by our existing clients may decrease if:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
clients are not satisfied with our services, prices or the functionality of our solution;
the stability, performance or security of our solution are not satisfactory;
the U.S. or global economy declines;
our clients’ business or demand for our services declines due to industry cycles, seasonality, business difficulties or other reasons, including the
impact of the COVID-19 pandemic;
clients favor products offered by other contact center providers, particularly as competition continues to increase;
fewer clients purchase usage from us;
alternative technologies, products or features emerge or gain popularity that we do not provide; or
our clients or potential clients experience financial difficulties, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.
If our existing clients’ subscriptions and related usage decrease or are terminated, we will need to spend more money to acquire new clients and still
may not be able to maintain our existing level of revenues. We incur significant costs and expenses, including sales and marketing expenses, to acquire new
clients, and those costs and expenses are an important factor in determining our profitability. There can be no assurance that our efforts to acquire new
clients will be successful.
The loss of one or more of our key clients, or a failure to renew our subscription agreements with one or more of our key clients, could harm our ability
to market our solution.
We rely on our reputation and recommendations from key clients in order to market and sell our solution. The loss of any of our key clients, or a
failure of some of them to renew or to continue to recommend our solution, could have a significant impact on our revenues, reputation and our ability to
obtain new clients. In addition, acquisitions of our clients could lead to cancellation of our contracts with those clients, thereby reducing the number of our
existing and potential clients and key reference clients.
Our clients may fail to comply with the terms of their agreements, necessitating action by us to collect payment, or may terminate their subscriptions for
our solution.
If clients fail to pay us under the terms of our agreements or fail to comply with the terms of our agreements, including compliance with regulatory
requirements and intellectual property terms, we may terminate clients, lose revenue, be unable to collect amounts due to us, be subject to legal or
regulatory action and incur costs in enforcing the terms of our contracts, including litigation. Some of our clients may seek bankruptcy protection or other
similar relief and fail to pay amounts due to us, seek reimbursement for amounts already paid, or pay those amounts more slowly, all of which risks may be
exacerbated by the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, and any of which could harm our operating results, financial position and cash flow.
21
Table of Contents
Our business could be harmed if our clients are not satisfied with the professional services and technical support provided by us or our partners.
Our business depends on our ability to satisfy our clients, not only with respect to our solution, but also with the professional services and technical
support that are required for our clients to implement and use our solution to address their business needs. Professional services and technical support may
be performed by our own staff or, in a select subset of cases, by third parties. Our professional services offerings typically have lower margins.
Accordingly, any increase in sales of professional services could harm our gross margins and operating results. We will need to continue to expand and
optimize our professional services and technical support in order to keep up with new client installations and ongoing service, which takes time and
expense to implement. Identifying and recruiting qualified service personnel and training them in our solution is difficult and competitive and requires
significant time, expense and attention. We may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in client demand for support
services. We also may be unable to modify the format of our support services or change our pricing to compete with changes in support services provided
by our competitors. Increased client demand for these services, without corresponding revenues, could increase our costs and harm our operating results. If
a client is not satisfied with the deployment and ongoing services performed by us or a third party, we could lose clients, miss opportunities to expand our
business with these clients, incur additional costs, or suffer reduced (including negative) margins on our service revenue, any of which could damage our
ability to grow our business. In addition, negative publicity related to our professional services and technical support, regardless of its accuracy, may
damage our business by affecting our ability to compete for new business with current and prospective clients.
Risks Related to the Sale of our Solution
Failure to adequately retain and expand our direct sales force will impede our growth.
Key to our success is the continuity and growth of our direct sales force. We need to continue to retain key members of our direct sales force while
expanding and optimizing our sales infrastructure and headcount in order to grow our client base and business. We plan to continue to expand our direct
sales force, both domestically and internationally. Identifying and recruiting qualified personnel and training them in the use and sale of our solution
requires significant time, expense and attention. It can take several months before our sales representatives are fully trained and productive. Our business
may be harmed if we fail to retain key members of our direct sales force or if our efforts, and the expense incurred, to expand and train our direct sales
force do not generate a corresponding increase in revenues. In particular, if we are unable to hire, develop and retain talented sales personnel or if new sales
personnel, including those joining our company as a result of an acquisition, are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of
time, we may not be able to realize the expected benefits of this investment or increase our revenues.
We have established, and are continuing to increase, our network of master agents and resellers to sell our solution; our failure to effectively develop,
manage, and maintain this network could materially harm our revenues.
We have established, and are continuing to increase, our network of master sales agents, which provide sales leads, and resellers, which sell our
solution to new clients. This network has helped us attract additional clients. Our resellers have assisted us in expanding in both domestic and international
markets. These master agents and resellers sell, or may in the future decide to sell, solutions for our competitors. Our competitors may be able to cause our
current or potential master agents or resellers to favor their services over ours, either through financial incentives, technological innovation, solution
features or performance, by offering a broader array of services to these service providers or otherwise, which could reduce the effectiveness of our use of
these third parties. If we fail to maintain relationships with current master agents and resellers, fail to develop relationships with new master agents and
resellers in new and existing markets, if we fail to manage, train, or provide appropriate incentives to our existing master agents and resellers, or if our
master agents and resellers are not successful in their sales efforts, sales of our subscriptions may decrease or not grow at an appropriate rate and our
operating results could be harmed. Additionally, in order to effectively utilize our resellers, we must enhance our systems, develop specialized marketing
materials and invest in educating resellers regarding our systems, product offerings and services. Our failure to accomplish these objectives could limit our
success in marketing and selling our products.
In addition, identifying new resellers, and negotiating and documenting relationships with them, requires significant time and resources. As the
complexity of our solution and our reseller relationships increases, the
22
Table of Contents
management of those relationships and the negotiation of contractual terms sufficient to protect our rights and limit our potential liabilities will become
more complicated. Our inability to successfully manage these complex relationships or negotiate sufficient contractual terms could harm our business.
We sell our solution to larger organizations that require longer sales and implementation cycles and often demand more configuration and integration
services or customized features and functions that we may not offer, any of which could delay or prevent these sales and harm our growth rates,
business and operating results.
As we continue to target our sales efforts at larger organizations, we face greater costs, longer sales and implementation cycles and less predictability
in closing sales. These larger organizations typically require more configuration and integration services, which increases our upfront investment in sales
and deployment efforts, with no guarantee that these clients will subscribe to our solution or increase the scope of their subscription. Furthermore, with
larger organizations, we must provide greater levels of education regarding the use and benefits of our solution to a broader group of people in order to
generate a sale. As a result of these factors, we must devote a significant amount of sales support and professional services resources to individual clients
and prospective clients, thereby increasing the cost and time required to complete sales. Our typical sales cycle for larger organizations is four to six
months, but can be significantly longer, and we expect that our average sales cycle may increase as sales to larger organizations continue to grow as a
percentage of our business. Longer sales cycles could cause our operating and financial results to be less predictable and to fluctuate from period to period.
In addition, many of our clients that are larger organizations initially deploy our solution to support only a portion of their contact center agents. Our
success depends on our ability to increase the number of agent seats and the number of applications utilized by these larger organizations over time and
additional sales and marketing expenses we incur in these efforts. There is no guarantee that these clients will increase their subscriptions for our solution.
If we do not expand our initial relationships with larger organizations, the return on our investments in sales and deployment efforts for these clients will
decrease and our business may suffer.
Furthermore, we may not be able to provide the configuration and integration services that larger organizations typically require. For example, our
solution does not currently permit clients to modify our software code, but instead requires them to use our set of APIs. If prospective clients require
customized features or functions that we do not offer, and that would be difficult for them to deploy themselves, they will need to use our services or third-
party service providers or we may lose sales opportunities with larger organizations and our business could suffer.
The markets in which we participate involve numerous competitors and are highly competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating
results could be harmed.
The market for contact center solutions is highly competitive. Generally, we do not have long-term contracts with our clients and our clients can
terminate our service and switch to competitors’ offerings on short notice.
We currently compete with large legacy technology vendors that offer on-premise contact center systems, such as Avaya and Cisco. These legacy
technology and software companies are increasingly supplementing their traditional on-premise contact center systems with competing cloud offerings,
through a combination of acquisitions, partnerships and in-house development. Additionally, we compete with vendors that historically provided other
contact center services and technologies and expanded to offer cloud contact center software such as NICE and Genesys. We also face competition from
many smaller contact center service providers such as Talkdesk and Seranova, as well as vendors offering unified communications and contact center
solutions. In addition, Amazon and Twilio have introduced solutions aimed at companies who wish to build their own contact centers with in-house
developers. In addition, CRM vendors are increasingly offering features and functionality that were traditionally provided by contact center providers.
CRM vendors also continue to partner with contact center service providers to provide integrated solutions and may, in the future, acquire competitive
contact center service providers. These factors could cause CRM vendors to reduce or terminate their partnerships with us, and could result in increased
competition. Because CRM integration and partnerships are critical to the success of our solution, these factors could harm our revenue and results of
operations.
Some of our competitors can devote significantly greater resources than we can to the development, promotion and sale of their products and services
and many have the ability to initiate or withstand substantial price competition. Current or potential competitors may also be acquired by third parties with
significantly greater resources. Many of our competitors have stronger name recognition, longer operating histories, larger marketing budgets, greater
financial or technical resources, better established relationships with clients, more comprehensive
23
Table of Contents
product offerings, larger installed bases and major distribution agreements with consultants, system integrators and resellers. Our competitors may also
establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties that may further enhance their product offerings or resources and ability to
compete. With the introduction of new technologies and market entrants, we expect competition to continue to intensify in the future. Our recent, and any
future, acquisitions will subject us to new competitors and cause us to face additional and different competition in the markets served by these businesses.
If our competitors’ products, services or technologies become more accepted than our solution, if they are successful in bringing their products or services
to market earlier than ours, or if their products or services are less expensive or more technologically capable than ours, our revenues could be harmed.
Pricing pressures and increased competition could result in reduced sales and revenues, reduced margins and loss of, or a failure to maintain or improve,
our competitive market position, any of which could harm our business.
If we fail to grow our marketing capabilities and develop widespread brand awareness cost effectively, our business may suffer.
Our ability to increase our client base and achieve broader market acceptance of our cloud contact center software solution will depend to a
significant extent on our ability to expand our marketing operations. We plan to continue to dedicate significant resources to our marketing programs,
including internet advertising, digital marketing campaigns, social media, trade shows, industry events, co-marketing with strategic partners, telemarketing
and out of home campaigns. In addition, we have shifted certain events, such as our user group meetings, from in-person to virtual in response to the
COVID-19 pandemic. The effectiveness of our internet advertising has varied over time and may vary in the future due to competition for key search terms,
changes in search engine use and changes in the search algorithms used by major search engines. All of these efforts will continue to require us to invest
significant financial and other resources in our marketing efforts. Our business will be seriously harmed if our efforts and expenditures do not generate a
proportionate increase in revenue.
In addition, we believe that developing and maintaining widespread awareness of our brand in a cost-effective manner, both in the United States and
internationally, is critical to achieving widespread acceptance of our solution and attracting new clients. Brand promotion activities may not generate client
awareness or increase revenues, and even if they do, any increase in revenues typically occurs after the expense has been incurred, and may not offset the
costs and expenses of building our brand. If we fail to successfully promote, maintain and protect our brand, or incur substantial costs and expenses, we
may fail to attract or retain clients necessary to realize a sufficient return on our brand-building efforts, or to achieve the widespread brand awareness that is
critical to increasing client adoption of our solution.
Risks Related to Our Solution
If we fail to manage our technical operations infrastructure, our existing clients may experience service outages, our new clients may delay or decide
against deployment of our solution, existing clients may decide to move to another vendor, and we could be subject to, among other things, claims for
credits or damage.
Our success depends in large part upon the capacity, stability, security and performance of our technical operations infrastructure, which currently
primarily relies upon external data centers and, increasingly, public cloud providers. From time-to-time, we have experienced interruptions in service, and
may experience such interruptions in the future. These service interruptions may be caused by a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human
or software errors, telecom network outages, viruses, security attacks, fraud, spikes in client usage and denial of service issues. In some instances, we may
not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems, and remediate them within an acceptable period of time. Our failure to achieve or
maintain expected performance levels, stability and security, particularly as we increase the number of users of our service and the product applications that
run on our system, could harm our relationships with our clients, result in claims for credits or damages, damage our reputation, significantly reduce client
demand for our solution, cause us to incur significant expense and personnel time replacing and upgrading our infrastructure, cause customer attrition, and
harm our business.
We have experienced significant growth in the number of agent seats and interactions that our infrastructure supports. As the number of agent seats
within our client base grows and our clients’ use of our service increases, we need to continue to make additional investments in our capacity to maintain
adequate and reliable stability and performance, the availability of which may be limited or the cost of which may be prohibitive, and any failure may cause
interruptions in service that may harm our business. In addition, we need to properly manage our operations infrastructure in order to support version
control, changes in hardware and software parameters and the evolution of
24
Table of Contents
our solution. If we do not accurately predict our infrastructure requirements or efficiently improve our infrastructure, our business could be harmed.
We host our solution at geographically redundant data centers in the United States, the United Kingdom, Europe and Australia and from a public
cloud location in Canada. Any failure or downtime in one of our data center facilities could affect a significant percentage of our clients. While we control
and have access to our servers and all of the components of our network that are located in our external data centers, we do not control the operation of
these facilities. The owners of our data center facilities have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If
we are unable to renew these agreements on commercially reasonable terms, or if one of our data center operators is acquired, closes, suffers financial
difficulty or is unable to meet our growing capacity needs, we may be required to transfer our servers and other infrastructure to new data center facilities,
and we may incur significant costs and service interruptions in connection with doing so. While our data centers have redundant power, cooling and
infrastructure, they are subject to various points of failure. Problems with cooling equipment, generators, uninterruptible power supply, routers, switches, or
other equipment, whether or not within our control, could result in service interruptions for our clients as well as equipment damage. Our data centers are
subject to disasters such as earthquakes, floods, fires, hurricanes, acts of terrorism, sabotage, break-ins, acts of vandalism and other events, which could
cause service interruptions or the operators of these data centers to close their facilities for an extended period of time or permanently. The destruction or
impairment of any of our data center facilities could result in significant downtime for our solution and the loss of client data. Because our ability to attract
and retain clients depends on our providing clients with highly reliable service, even minor interruptions in our service could harm our business, revenues
and reputation. Additionally, in connection with the continuing expansion of our existing data center facilities, there is a risk that service interruptions may
occur as a result of server addition, relocation or other issues.
We also host some of our voice services on the public cloud in Europe, Asia, South America and Australia. We are also in the process of establishing
new public cloud deployments of our platform in certain additional international markets. We have partnered with a third-party to develop, test and deploy
our technology to offer a full stack of services on the public cloud in certain international markets. If we are successful in deployment of our technology to
the public cloud, we will likely introduce our public cloud deployments in the U.S. and in additional international markets. Our public cloud-based
platform offering is critical to developing and providing our solution to our clients, scaling our business for future growth, accurately maintaining data and
otherwise operating our business. Even once we implement public cloud-based data centers, we may discover deficiencies in the design, implementation or
maintenance of the system that could materially harm our business. We have little or no control over public cloud providers. Any disruption of the public
cloud, migration from one public cloud provider to another, or any failure of the public cloud providers to effectively design and implement sufficient
security systems or plan for increases in capacity could, in turn, cause delays or disruptions in our services. In addition, using the public cloud presents a
variety of additional risks, including risks related to sharing the same computing resources with others, reliance on public cloud providers’ authentication,
security, authorization and access control mechanisms, a lack of control over the public cloud’s redundancy and security systems and fault tolerances, and a
reduced ability to control data security and privacy.
Development of our AI solutions to make agents more efficient and improve customer experience may not be successful and may result in reputational
harm and our future operating results could be materially harmed.
We plan to continue to increase and provide our customers with AI-powered applications, including conversational virtual agents, agent assistance
and business insights. In the fourth quarter of 2020, we enhanced our AI-powered applications with the acquisition of Inference, and now offer an
integrated IVA platform with AI-enabled omni-channel service solutions. While we aim for our AI-powered applications to make agents more efficient and
improve customer experience, our AI models may not achieve sufficient levels of accuracy. In addition, we may not be able to acquire sufficient training
data or our training data may contain biased or otherwise inaccurate information. Furthermore, the costs of AI technologies, such as speech recognition and
natural language processing, may currently be too high for broad market adoption. Our competitors or other organizations may incorporate AI features into
their products more quickly or more successfully and their AI features may achieve higher market acceptance than ours, which may result in us failing to
recoup our investments in developing AI-powered applications. Should any of these items or others occur, our ability to compete, our reputation and
operating results may be materially and adversely affected.
25
Table of Contents
If our solution fails, or is perceived to fail, to perform properly or if it contains technical defects, our reputation could be harmed, our market share
may decline and we could be subject to product liability claims.
Our solution may contain undetected errors or defects that may result in failures or otherwise cause our solution to fail to perform in accordance with
client expectations and contractual obligations. Moreover, our clients could incorrectly implement or inadvertently misuse our products, which could result
in client dissatisfaction and harm the perceived utility of our products and our brand. Because our clients use our solution for mission-critical aspects of
their business, any real or perceived errors or defects in, or other performance problems with, our solution may damage our clients’ businesses and could
significantly harm our reputation. If that occurs, we could lose future sales, or our existing clients could cancel our solution, seek payment credits, seek
damages against us, or delay or withhold payment to us, which could result in reduced revenues, an increase in our provision for uncollectible accounts and
service credits, an increase in collection cycles for accounts receivable, and harm our financial results. In addition, since telecommunications billing and
associated telecom taxes and the related calculations and billing of telecom taxes are inherently complex and require highly sophisticated information
systems to administer, our billing system may experience errors or we may improperly operate the system, which could result in the system incorrectly
calculating the fees owed by our clients or related taxes and administrative fees. Clients also may make indemnification or warranty claims against us,
which could result in significant expense and risk of litigation. Product performance problems could result in loss of market share, reputational harm,
failure to achieve market acceptance and the diversion of development resources.
Any product liability, intellectual property, warranty or other claims against us could damage our reputation and relationships with our clients, and
could require us to spend significant time and money in litigation or pay significant settlements or damages. Although we maintain general liability
insurance, including coverage for errors and omissions, this coverage may not be sufficient to cover liabilities resulting from such claims. Also, our insurers
may disclaim coverage. Our liability insurance also may not continue to be available to us on reasonable terms, in sufficient amounts, or at all. Any
contract or product liability claims successfully brought against us would harm our business.
The contact center software solutions market is subject to rapid technological change, and we must develop and sell incremental and new features and
products in order to maintain and grow our business.
The contact center software solutions market is characterized by rapid changes in client requirements, frequent introductions of new and enhanced
products and features and continuing and rapid technological advancement. To compete successfully, we must continue to devote significant resources to
design, develop, deploy and sell new and enhanced contact center products, applications and features that provide increasingly higher capabilities,
performance and stability at lower cost. If we are unable to develop or acquire new features for our existing solution or new applications that achieve
market acceptance or that keep pace with technological developments, our business would be harmed. For example, we are focused on enhancing the
reliability, features and functionality of our contact center solution to enhance its utility to our clients, particularly larger clients, with complex, dynamic
and global operations. The success of these enhancements depends on many factors, including timely development, introduction and market acceptance, as
well as our ability to transition our existing clients to these new products, applications and features. To the extent that these enhancements are made as a
result of acquisitions, our success also depends on our ability to integrate the acquired technology with our existing solution. Any failure may significantly
impair our revenue growth. In addition, because our solution is designed to operate on a variety of systems, we need to continuously modify and enhance
our solution to keep pace with changes in hardware, operating systems, the increasing trend toward multi-channel communications and other changes to
software technologies. We may not be successful in developing or acquiring these modifications and enhancements or bringing them to market in a timely
fashion. Furthermore, uncertainties about the timing and nature of new network platforms or technologies, or modifications to existing platforms or
technologies, could delay introduction of changes and updates to our solution and increase our research and development expenses. Any failure of our
solution to operate effectively, including with future network platforms and technologies, could reduce the demand for our solution, result in client
dissatisfaction and harm our business.
Our ability to continue to enhance our solution is dependent on adequate research and development resources. If we are not able to adequately fund
our research and development efforts, we may not be able to compete effectively and our business and operating results may be harmed.
In order to remain competitive, we must devote significant and increasing resources to develop new solution offerings, features and enhancements to
our existing cloud contact center software, which will increase our research
26
Table of Contents
and development and operating expenses. Our research and development expenses totaled $68.7 million, $45.2 million and $34.2 million for the years
ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Maintaining adequate research and development personnel and resources to meet the demands of
the market is essential. If we are unable to develop products, applications or features internally due to constraints, such as high employee turnover,
insufficient cash, inability to hire sufficient research and development personnel or a lack of other research and development resources, we may miss
market opportunities. Furthermore, many of our competitors have greater financial resources and expend considerably greater amounts on their research
and development programs than we do, and those that do not may be acquired by larger companies that would allocate greater resources to our competitors’
research and development programs. Our failure to devote adequate research and development resources or compete effectively with the research and
development programs of our competitors could harm our business.
If we are unable to maintain the compatibility of our software with other products and technologies, our business would be harmed.
Our clients often integrate our solution with their business applications, particularly third-party CRM solutions. These third-party providers or their
partners could alter their products so that our solution no longer integrate well with them, or they could delay or deny our access to technology releases that
allow us to adapt our solution to integrate with their products in a timely fashion. Such third-party providers could also favor integration of our
competitors’ products over our solution, making our solution less attractive to our clients. If we cannot adapt our solution to changes in complementary
technology deployed by our clients, it may significantly impair our ability to compete effectively.
We are subject to many hazards and operational risks that can disrupt our business, some of which may not be insured or fully covered by insurance.
Our operations are subject to many hazards inherent in the cloud contact center software business, including:
• damage to third-party and our infrastructure and data centers, related equipment and surrounding properties caused by earthquakes, hurricanes,
tornadoes, floods, fires and other natural disasters, explosions and acts of terrorism;
• security breaches resulting in loss or disclosure of confidential client and customer data and potential liability to clients and non-client third parties
for such losses on disclosures; and
• other hazards that could also result in suspension of operations, personal injury and even loss of life.
These risks could result in substantial losses and the curtailment or suspension of our operations. For example, in the event of a major earthquake
along the West Coast of the United States (where our corporate headquarters and one of our data centers are located), hurricane, tropical storm, flooding or
severe weather in the southeastern United States (where our other U.S. data center is located) or catastrophic events such as fire, power loss,
telecommunications failure, cyber-attack, global pandemic, war or terrorist attack, we may be unable to continue our operations and may endure system
and service interruptions, reputational harm, delays in product development, breaches of data security and loss of critical data, any of which could harm our
business and operating results.
We are not insured against all claims, events or accidents that might occur. If a significant accident or event occurs that is not fully insured, if we fail
to recover all anticipated insurance proceeds for significant accidents or events for which we are insured, or if we or our data center providers fail to reopen
facilities damaged by such accidents or events, our operations and financial condition could be harmed. In addition to being denied coverage under existing
insurance policies, we may not be able to maintain or obtain insurance of the type and amount we desire at reasonable rates.
Risks Related to Third-Party Technology Providers
We rely on third-party telecommunications and internet service providers to provide our clients and their customers with telecommunication services
and connectivity to our cloud contact center software and any failure by these service providers to provide reliable services could cause us to lose clients
and subject us to claims for credits or damages, among other things.
We rely on third-party telecommunication service providers to provide our clients and their customers with telecommunication services. These
telephony services include the public switched telephone network, or PSTN,
27
Table of Contents
telephone numbers, call termination and origination services, and local number portability for our clients. In addition, we depend on our internet bandwidth
suppliers to provide uninterrupted and error-free service through their telecommunications networks. We exercise little control over these third-party
providers, which increases our vulnerability to problems with the services they provide.
When problems occur, it may be difficult to identify the source of the problem. Service disruption or outages, whether caused by our service, the
products or services of our third party service providers, or our clients’ or their customers’ equipment and systems, may result in loss of market acceptance
of our solution and any necessary repairs or other remedial actions may force us to incur significant costs and expenses.
If any of these service providers fail to provide reliable services, suffer outages, degrade, disrupt, increase the cost of or terminate the services that
we and our clients depend on, we may be required to switch to another service provider. Delays caused by switching our technology to another service
provider, if available, and qualifying this new service provider could materially harm our client relationships, business, financial condition and operating
results. Further, any failure on the part of third party service providers to achieve or maintain expected performance levels, stability and security could
harm our relationships with our clients, cause us to lose clients, result in claims for credits or damages, increase our costs or the costs incurred by our
customers, damage our reputation, significantly reduce client demand for our solution and seriously harm our financial condition and operating results.
Our clients and their customers rely on internet service providers to provide them with access and connectivity to our cloud contact center software and
changes in how internet service providers handle and charge for access to the internet could materially harm our client relationships, business,
financial condition and operations results.
In 2015, the FCC released an order, commonly referred to as network neutrality, that, among other things, prohibited (i) the impairment or
degradation of lawful internet traffic on the basis of content, application or service and (ii) the practice of favoring some internet traffic over other internet
traffic based on the payment of higher fees. In June 2018, the FCC repealed the network neutrality regulations imposed by the 2015 order. Internet service
providers in the U.S. may now be able to impair or degrade the use of, or increase the cost of using, our solution. The FCC’s 2018 repeal was largely
upheld by the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals in a decision issued in October 2019. That same court rejected the FCC’s attempt to preempt states from
adopting their own network neutrality requirements. As a result, network neutrality regulations vary widely among both the domestic and international
jurisdictions in which we operate. While certain jurisdictions have strong protections for services such as ours, others either lack a network neutrality
framework or otherwise do not enforce network neutrality regulations. The impairment, degradation or prioritization of lawful internet traffic by internet
service providers could materially harm the performance of our solution, our client relationships, business, financial condition and operating results.
Risks Related to Our International Operations
We continue to expand our international operations, which exposes us to significant risks.
To date, we have not generated significant revenues outside of the U.S., Canada, the U.K. and Latin America. However, we already have significant
operations outside these countries and regions, and we expect to grow our international presence in the future. Our international employees are primarily
located in the Philippines, where technical support, training and other professional services are performed, Russia, where portions of engineering and
operations are performed, and Australia, after our acquisition of Inference, where portions of engineering and operations are now performed. The future
success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to expand our operations and customer base to other countries. Operating in international
markets requires significant resources and management attention and will subject us to regulatory, economic, and political risks that are different from those
in the U.S. In addition, in order to effectively market and sell our solution in international markets, we will be required to localize our solution, including
the language in which our solution is offered, which will increase our costs, could result in delays in offering our solution in these markets and may
decrease the effectiveness of our sales efforts. Due to our limited experience with international operations and developing and managing sales and
distribution channels in international markets, our international expansion efforts may not be successful.
In addition, if the relationship between Russia and the United States significantly worsens, or if either Russia or the United States imposes or
implements new or augmented economic sanctions, supply chain restrictions, or other restrictions on doing business, and we are restricted or precluded
from continuing our software development operations in Russia, our costs could increase, and our product development efforts, business and results of
operations could be significantly harmed.
28
Table of Contents
In addition, compliance with laws and regulations applicable to our international operations increases our cost of doing business outside the United
States. We may be unaware or unable to keep current with changes in foreign government requirements and laws as they change from time to time, which
often occurs with minimal or no advance notice. Failure to comply with these regulations could harm our business. In many countries outside the United
States, it is common for others to engage in business practices that are prohibited by our internal policies and procedures or United States or international
regulations applicable to us. Although we have implemented policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with these laws and policies, there can
be no assurance that all of our employees, contractors, strategic partners and agents will comply with these laws and policies. Violations of laws or key
control policies by our employees, contractors, strategic partners or agents could result in delays in revenue recognition, financial reporting misstatements,
fines, delays in filing financial reports required as a public company, penalties, or prohibitions on selling our solution, any of which could harm our
business.
Sales to clients outside the United States or with international operations and our international sales efforts and operations support expose us to risks
inherent in international sales and operations.
A key element of our growth strategy is to expand our international sales efforts and develop a worldwide client base. Because of our limited
experience with international sales, our international expansion may not be successful and may not produce the return on investment we expect. To date, we
have realized only a small portion of our revenues from clients outside the United States, with approximately 92% of our revenue for the year ended
December 31, 2020 derived from clients with billing addresses in the United States.
We have increased and are continuing to increase our sales, marketing and support personnel in both the U.K. and the European Union. We have
enlarged our data centers in the U.K. and Amsterdam and are increasing our use of public cloud solutions in the European Union as well. Operating in
international markets requires significant resources and management attention and subjects us to intellectual property, regulatory, economic and political
risks that are different from those in the United States. As we increase our international sales efforts and continue our other international operations, we will
face risks in doing business internationally that could harm our business, including:
the need to establish and protect our brand in international markets;
•
•
•
•
•
the need to localize and adapt our solution for specific countries, including translation into foreign languages and associated costs and expenses;
difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations, particularly hiring and training qualified sales and service personnel;
the need to implement and offer customer care, in various languages;
different pricing environments, longer sales and accounts receivable payment cycles and collections issues;
• weaker protection for intellectual property and other legal rights than in the U.S. and practical difficulties in enforcing intellectual property and
other rights outside of the U.S.;
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
privacy and data protection laws and regulations that are complex, expensive to comply with and may require that client data be stored and
processed in a designated territory;
increased risk of piracy, counterfeiting and other misappropriation of our intellectual property in our locations outside the U.S.;
new and different sources of competition;
general economic conditions in international markets;
fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies, which may make our solution more expensive in other countries or may increase
our costs, impacting our operating results when translated into U.S. dollars;
compliance challenges related to the complexity of multiple, conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations, including employment,
tax, telecommunications and telemarketing laws and regulations;
increased risk of international telecom fraud;
laws and business practices favoring local competitors;
compliance with laws and regulations applicable to foreign operations and cross border transactions, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act,
the U.K. Bribery Act and other anti-corruption laws, supply chain restrictions, import and export control laws, tariffs, trade barriers, economic
sanctions and other
29
Table of Contents
regulatory or contractual limitations on our ability to sell our solution in certain foreign markets, and the risks and costs of non-compliance;
•
•
•
•
increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;
restrictions or taxes on the transfer of funds;
adverse tax consequences; and
unstable economic and political conditions and potential accompanying shifts in laws and regulations.
These risks could harm our international operations, increase our operating costs and hinder our ability to grow our international business and,
consequently, our overall business and results of operations.
The results of the U.K.’s withdrawal from the European Union may have a negative effect on global economic conditions, financial markets and our
business.
In June 2016, a majority of voters in the U.K. elected to withdraw from the European Union in a national referendum, referred to as Brexit. The U.K.
withdrew from the European Union on January 31, 2020. Brexit has created significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the U.K. and the
European Union, including with respect to the laws and regulations that will apply or continue to apply in the U.K. following Brexit as the U.K. and the
European Union determine which European Union laws and regulations to replace, replicate, or amend after the effectiveness of Brexit.
Brexit has harmed and may continue to harm global economic conditions, as well as the stability of global financial markets. For example, Brexit
introduced significant volatility in global stock markets and currency exchange rate fluctuations that resulted in the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against
foreign currencies in which we conduct business. As part of Brexit, the U.K. and the European Union entered into a withdrawal agreement that includes,
among other things, an implementation and transition period lasting from January 31, 2020 until December 31, 2020, which is referred to herein as the
Transition Period. During the Transition Period, the U.K. and the European Union negotiated post-withdrawal terms, including trading agreements and
security cooperation, and an agreement was reached on December 24, 2020, which is referred to herein as the U.K.-E.U. Trade Agreement, and has since
been ratified by the British Parliament and European Union governments. The U.K.-E.U. Trade Agreement provisionally came into effect on January 1,
2021 pending ratification by certain organs of the European Union. Brexit continues to create significant political, social and macroeconomic uncertainty.
We continue to evaluate the risks associated with Brexit.
Even though the U.K.-E.U. Trade Agreement has provisionally come into effect, there may be increased costs on regulatory compliance between the
U.K. and other countries, including those in the European Union, as the U.K.-E.U. Trade Agreement only provides for limited market access with respect to
services. The lack of a comprehensive trade deal that governs services, along with future unanticipated trade disputes between the U.K. and the European
Union, including the equivalency of regulations and standards, may also disrupt the provision of services between the U.K. and member states of the
European Union. In addition, the U.K. will also need to negotiate new trade and tax treaties with other countries, and such negotiations may not begin or
complete for a number of years.
In addition, the potential strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies (including the British pound) would make our solution more
expensive to international clients and may harm our international sales. Brexit could also cause disruptions to, and create uncertainty surrounding, the
global economy, which could harm our ability to sell our solution and may harm our results of operation, financial condition and cash flows. Brexit could
also affect our relationships with our existing and future clients, owners of our data center facilities in the U.K. and the Netherlands and our data center
partners’ ability to retain and hire qualified employees, which could harm our business, business opportunities, results of operations, financial condition
and cash flows.
30
Table of Contents
Other Operational Risks
Adverse economic conditions may harm our business.
Our business depends on the overall demand for cloud contact center software solutions and on the economic health of our current and prospective
clients. In addition to the United States, Canada, Europe and Latin America, we plan to market and sell our solution in Asia and other international markets.
If economic conditions, including currency exchange rates, in these areas and other key potential markets for our solution remain uncertain or deteriorate,
including as a result of the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, clients may delay or reduce their contact center and overall information technology
spending. If our clients or potential clients experience economic hardship, this could reduce the demand for our solution, delay and lengthen sales cycles,
lower prices for our solution, and lead to slower growth or even a decline in our revenues, operating results and cash flows.
Security breaches and improper access to or disclosure of our data or our clients’ data, or other cyber attacks on our systems, could result in litigation
and regulatory risk, harm our reputation and our business.
Our solution involves the storage and transmission of our clients’ information, including information about our clients’ customers or other
information treated by our clients as confidential. Unauthorized access, unauthorized use of our systems, security breaches or other cyber attacks could
result in the loss of confidentiality, integrity and availability of such information, leading to litigation, governmental investigations and enforcements
actions, indemnity obligations, increased expense, and other liability. Such incidents could also cause interruptions to the solutions we provide, degrade the
user experience, or cause clients to lose confidence in our solution.
While we have security measures in place to protect client information and minimize the probability of security breaches and other cyber attacks, if
these measures fail as a result of a cyber-attack, other third-party action, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise, and someone obtains unauthorized
access to our clients’ information, our reputation could be damaged, our business may suffer and we could incur significant liability. Because the
techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a
target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. In addition, third parties may attempt to
fraudulently induce employees or users to disclose information in order to gain access to our data or our users’ data. Moreover, any failure on the part of
third parties, including our clients, to maintain appropriate security measures for their own systems could harm our relationships with our clients, result in
claims against us for credits or damages, damage our reputation and significantly reduce client demand for our solution. Any or all of these issues could
harm our ability to attract new clients, cause existing clients to cancel, reduce or not renew their subscriptions, result in reputational damage or subject us to
third-party lawsuits, governmental investigations and enforcement actions, regulatory fines or other action or liability, including orders or consent decrees
forcing us to modify our business practices, all of which could materially harm our business, reputation or financial results.
We depend on our senior management team, and the loss of one or more key employees or an inability to attract and retain highly skilled executives
and other employees could harm our business and results of operations.
Our success depends, in part, upon the performance and continued services of our executive officers and senior management team. If our executive
leadership team fails to perform effectively or if we fail to attract or retain our key executives or senior management, our business, financial condition or
results of operations could be harmed. We also rely on our leadership team in the areas of research and development, marketing, sales, services and general
and administrative functions, and on mission-critical individual contributors. The loss of one or more of our executive officers or key employees could
seriously harm our business. We currently do not maintain key person life insurance policies on any of our employees.
To execute our growth plan, we must attract and retain highly qualified personnel and we may incur significant costs (including stock-based
compensation expense) to do so. Competition for these personnel is intense, especially for senior executives, engineers highly experienced in designing and
developing cloud software and for senior sales personnel. We have, from time to time, experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in
hiring and retaining employees with appropriate qualifications. We invest significant time and expense in training our employees, which increases their
value to competitors who may seek to recruit them and increases our costs. We believe that our corporate culture is a critical component to our ability to
attract and retain employees. As we grow, we will need to continually enhance our efforts to maintain our corporate culture, which is more difficult due to
our work from home policies during the COVID-19 pandemic. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and
31
Table of Contents
motivate our current personnel, particularly our executive officers and senior management team, our business and future growth prospects would be
harmed. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have. If we hire employees from
competitors or other companies, their former employers may attempt to assert that these employees or we have breached legal obligations, resulting in a
diversion of our time and resources and, potentially, damages.
Volatility or lack of performance in the trading price of our common stock may also affect our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel because
job candidates and existing employees often emphasize the value of stock awards when considering whether to accept or continue employment. If the
perceived value of our stock awards is low or declines, it may harm our ability to recruit and retain highly skilled employees.
We may acquire other companies, or technologies or be the target of strategic transactions, or be impacted by transactions by other companies, which
could divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and harm our operating
results.
We may acquire or invest in businesses, applications or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our solution, enhance our technical
capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. For instance, in 2019, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Whendu LLC, or Whendu,
including its iPaaS platform, and in 2020, we acquired both Virtual Observer and Inference. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of
management, and cause us to incur various costs and expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing acquisitions, whether or not they are
consummated. We may not be able to identify desirable acquisition targets or be successful in entering into an agreement with any particular target. In
addition, there has been a number of recent transactions in our industry and adjacent industries, which could have a negative impact on us.
To date, the growth in our business has been primarily organic, and we have limited experience in acquiring other businesses. With respect to our
recent acquisitions and any future acquisitions, we may not be able to successfully integrate acquired personnel, operations, product features and
technologies, or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. We also may not achieve the anticipated benefits from these or any
future acquisitions due to a number of factors, including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
inability to integrate or benefit from acquisitions in a profitable manner;
unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition, including legal claims arising from the activities of the companies or businesses
we acquire;
acquisition-related costs;
difficulty converting the clients of the acquired business to our solution and contract terms, including due to disparities in the revenue, licensing,
support or professional services model of the acquired company;
difficulty integrating the accounting systems, operations and personnel of the acquired business;
difficulties and additional costs and expenses associated with supporting legacy products and the hosting infrastructure of the acquired business;
diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;
harm to our existing relationships with our partners and clients as a result of the acquisition;
the loss of our or the acquired business’s key employees;
diversion of resources that could have been more effectively deployed in other parts of our business; and
use of substantial portions of our available cash to consummate the acquisition.
In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies and businesses we acquire may be allocated to acquired goodwill and other
intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. If our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take
charges to our operating results based on this impairment assessment process, which could harm our results of operations.
Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities, the use of our available cash, or the incurrence of additional debt to fund such
acquisitions, which could harm our operating results. If an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our operating results, business and financial
condition could suffer.
In addition, third parties may be interested in acquiring us. We will continue to consider, evaluate and negotiate any such transactions as we deem
appropriate. Such potential transactions may divert the attention of management, and cause us to incur various costs and expenses in investigating,
evaluating and negotiating such transactions, whether or not they are consummated.
32
Table of Contents
We may not be able to secure additional financing on favorable terms, or at all, to meet our future capital needs.
To date, we have financed our operations, primarily through sales of our solution, lease facilities and the net proceeds from our equity and debt
financings, including the sale of our convertible senior notes. We do not know when or if our operations will generate sufficient cash to fund our ongoing
operations. We may require additional capital to respond to business opportunities, challenges, acquisitions, a decline in sales, increased regulatory
obligations or unforeseen circumstances and may engage in equity or debt financings or enter into credit facilities.
We have a substantial amount of debt. As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately $806.4 million in principal amount outstanding under our
convertible senior notes issued in May 2018 and in May and June 2020. See Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements.
Any debt financing obtained by us in the future would cause us to incur additional debt service expenses and could include restrictive covenants
relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and
pursue business opportunities and could be secured by all of our assets. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt
securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution in their percentage ownership of our company, and any new equity securities we issue
could have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on
terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to grow and support our business and to respond to business challenges could be
significantly limited.
If we are unable to maintain and further develop effective internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and
completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock may decrease.
As a public company, we are required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal
controls. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal control
over financial reporting and provide a management report and attestation from our independent registered public accountant on our internal control over
financial reporting. This attestation has and will continue to increase our independent public accountant costs and expenses.
If we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls
are effective, which could cause our stock price to decline. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over
financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented
or detected on a timely basis.
If we have material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our financial
statements may be materially misstated. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with
the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, if we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective or if our
independent registered public accounting firm is unable to attest that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, investors may lose confidence
in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could decrease. We could also become subject to
stockholder or other third-party litigation as well as investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC or other regulatory
authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources and could result in fines, penalties, trading suspensions or other remedies.
Changes in financial accounting standards or practices may cause adverse, unexpected financial reporting fluctuations and affect our reported
operating results.
U.S. GAAP is subject to interpretation by the FASB, the SEC and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting
principles. A change in accounting standards or practices can have a significant effect on our reported results and may even affect our financial statements
issued before the change is effective. New accounting pronouncements and varying interpretations of accounting pronouncements have occurred and will
occur in the future. Changes to existing rules or the questioning of current practices may harm our reported financial results or the way we account for or
conduct our business.
33
Table of Contents
For example, in May 2014, the FASB issued new revenue recognition rules under Accounting Standard Codification 606 - Revenue from Contracts
with Customers (“ASC 606”), which included a single set of rules and criteria for revenue recognition to be used across all industries. We adopted this new
standard in January 2018 using a modified retrospective method. With the adoption of this standard, the timing of our commission expense recognition
changed, which caused fluctuations in our operating results.
Further, in February 2016, the FASB issued new rules for leases under the Accounting Standard Codification 842 - Leases (“ASC 842”), which
requires a lessee to recognize assets and liabilities for both finance, previously known as capital, and operating leases with lease terms of more than 12
months. We adopted this new standard in January 2019 using a modified retrospective method. With the adoption of this standard, we recognized right-of-
use, or ROU, assets and lease liabilities for operating leases. See Note 1 and 13 to consolidated financial statements for more information.
The application of any new accounting guidance is, and will be, based on all information available to us as of the date of adoption and up through
subsequent interim reporting, including transition guidance published by the standard setters. However, the interpretation of these new standards may
continue to evolve as other public companies adopt the new guidance and the standard setters issue new interpretative guidance related to these rules. As a
result, changes in the interpretation of these rules could result in material adjustments to our application of the new guidance, which could have a material
effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, any difficulties in implementing these pronouncements could cause us to fail to
meet our financial reporting obligations, which could result in regulatory discipline, cessation or disruption of trading in our common stock and harm
investors’ confidence in us.
In addition, certain factors have in the past and may in the future cause us to defer recognition of revenues. For example, the inclusion in our client
contracts of non-standard terms, such as acceptance criteria, could require the deferral of revenue. To the extent that such contracts become more prevalent
in the future our revenue may be harmed.
Because of these factors and other specific requirements under U.S. GAAP for revenue recognition, we must have precise terms and conditions in
our arrangements in order to recognize revenue when we deliver our solution or perform our professional services. Negotiation of mutually acceptable
terms and conditions can extend our sales cycle, and we may accept terms and conditions that do not permit revenue recognition at the time of delivery.
Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property
Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our proprietary technology and our brand.
Our success and ability to compete depend in part upon our intellectual property. As of December 31, 2020, our intellectual property portfolio
included three registered U.S. trademarks, 11 issued U.S. patents, four pending U.S. patent applications, and one registered U.S. copyright. As
of December 31, 2020, we also had five issued patents and nine trademark registrations outside the U.S. The expiration dates of our issued patents range
from 2030 to 2038. We primarily rely on copyright, trade secret and trademark laws, trade secret protection and confidentiality or license agreements with
our employees, clients, partners and others to protect our intellectual property rights. However, the steps we take to secure, protect and enforce our
intellectual property rights may be inadequate. We may not be able to obtain any further patents or trademarks, our current patents could be invalidated or
our competitors could design their products around our patented technology, and our pending applications may not result in the issuance of patents or
trademarks. We have pending patent applications and trademark registrations outside the U.S., and we may have to expend significant additional resources
to obtain additional protection and maintain current registrations as we expand our international operations. Furthermore, legal standards relating to the
validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights in other countries, including Russia, where we have significant research and
development operations, and the Philippines, where we have significant technical support, training and other professional services operations, are uncertain
and may afford little or no effective protection of our proprietary technology, and the risk of intellectual property misappropriation may be higher in these
countries. Consequently, we may be unable to prevent our proprietary technology from being infringed or exploited abroad, which could affect our ability
to expand into international markets or require costly efforts to protect our technology.
In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect these rights. Litigation
brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be
34
Table of Contents
costly, time consuming and distracting to our management and could result in the impairment or loss of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to
enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our
intellectual property rights. Accordingly, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property. Our
failure to secure, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could substantially harm the value of our technology, solutions, brand and business.
We will likely continue to be subject to third-party intellectual property infringement claims.
There is considerable patent and other intellectual property development activity and litigation in our industry. Our success depends upon our not
infringing upon the intellectual property rights of others. Our competitors, as well as a number of other entities and individuals, may own or claim to own
intellectual property relating to our industry. From time to time, third parties have claimed that we are infringing upon their intellectual property rights.
Certain technology necessary for us to provide our solution may be patented, copyrighted or otherwise protected by other parties either now or in the
future. In such case, we would have to negotiate a license for the use of that technology. We may not be able to negotiate such a license at a price that is
acceptable, or at all. The existence of such a patent, copyright or other protections, or our inability to negotiate a license for any such technology on
acceptable terms, could force us to cease using such technology and offering solutions incorporating such technology.
Others have claimed, or in the future may claim, that our solution and underlying technology infringe or violate their intellectual property rights.
However, we may be unaware of the intellectual property rights that others may claim cover some or all of our technology or solution. Any claims or
litigation could cause us to incur significant costs and expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages or
ongoing royalty payments, require that we refrain from using, manufacturing or selling certain offerings or features or using certain processes, prevent us
from offering our solution or certain features thereof, or require that we comply with other unfavorable terms, any of which could harm our business and
operating results. We may also be obligated to indemnify our clients or business partners and pay substantial settlement costs, including royalty payments,
in connection with any such claim or litigation and to obtain licenses, which could be costly. Even if we were to prevail in any such dispute, any litigation
regarding our intellectual property could be costly and time consuming and divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business
operations.
Indemnity provisions in various agreements potentially expose us to substantial liability for intellectual property infringement and other losses.
In the ordinary course of business, we enter into agreements of varying scope and terms pursuant to which we agree to indemnify clients, vendors,
lessors, business partners and other parties for third party claims with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of breach of
such agreements, certain claims related to third-party privacy or cyber security breaches or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third
parties. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers and certain employees that will require us, among other
things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors, officers or employees. Large indemnity
payments or damage claims from contractual breach could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. Although we typically
contractually limit our liability with respect to such obligations, we may still incur substantial liability related to them. Any dispute with a client with
respect to such obligations could be expensive, even if we ultimately prevail, and could harm on our relationship with that client and other current and
prospective clients, reduce demand for our solution and harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We employ third-party licensed software for use in or with our solution, and the inability to maintain these licenses or errors in the software we license
could result in increased costs, or reduced service levels, which could harm our business.
Our solution incorporates certain third-party software obtained under licenses from other companies. We anticipate that we will continue to rely on
such software from third parties in the future. Although we believe that there are commercially reasonable alternatives to the third-party software we
currently license, this may not be the case, or it may be difficult or costly to transition to other providers. In addition, integration of the software used in our
solution with new third-party software may require significant work and require substantial investment of our time and resources. To the extent that our
solution depends upon the successful operation of third-party software in
35
Table of Contents
conjunction with our software, any undetected errors or defects in this third-party software could prevent the deployment or impair the functionality of our
solution, delay new product or solution introductions, result in increased costs, or a failure of our solution and injure our reputation. Our use of additional
or alternative third-party software would require us to enter into license agreements with third parties and to integrate such software to our solution.
There can be no assurance that the technology licensed by us will continue to provide competitive features and functionality or that licenses for
technology currently utilized by us or other technology that we may seek to license in the future, including to replace current third-party software, will be
available to us at a reasonable cost or on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Third-party licensors may also be acquired or go out of business, which
could preclude us from continuing to use such technology. The loss of, or inability to maintain, existing licenses could result in lost product features and
litigation. The loss of existing licenses could also result in implementation delays or reductions until equivalent technology or suitable alternative solutions
could be developed, identified, licensed and integrated, and could increase our costs and harm our business.
Our solution utilizes open source software, and any failure to comply with the terms of one or more of these open source licenses could negatively
affect our business.
Our solution includes software covered by open source licenses, which may include, for example, free general public use licenses, open source front-
end libraries and open source applications. The terms of various open source licenses have not been interpreted by United States courts, and there is a risk
that such licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to market our solution. By the terms of
certain open source licenses, we could be required to release the source code of our proprietary software, and to make our proprietary software available
under open source licenses, if we combine our proprietary software with open source software in a certain manner. In the event that portions of our
proprietary software are determined to be subject to an open source license, we could be required to publicly release the affected portions of our source
code, re-engineer all or a portion of our technologies, or otherwise be limited in the licensing of our technologies, each of which could reduce or eliminate
the value of our technologies and solutions. In addition to risks related to license requirements, usage of open source software can lead to greater risks than
use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on the origin of the software. Given the
nature of open source software, there is also a risk that third parties may assert copyright and other intellectual property infringement claims against us
based on our use of certain open source software programs. Many of the risks associated with the usage of open source software cannot be eliminated, and
could harm our business.
Risks Related to Regulatory and Tax Matters
Failure to comply with laws and regulations could harm our business and our reputation.
Our business is subject to regulation by various federal, state, local and foreign governmental agencies, including agencies responsible for monitoring
and enforcing employment and labor laws, workplace safety, environmental laws, privacy or data security laws, consumer protection laws, anti-bribery
laws, import/export controls, federal securities laws and tax laws and regulations. In certain jurisdictions, these regulatory requirements may be more
stringent than those in the United States and in other circumstances these requirements may be more stringent in the United States. Noncompliance with
applicable regulations or requirements could subject us to investigations, sanctions, mandatory recalls, notification obligations, enforcement actions,
disgorgement of profits, fines, damages, civil and criminal penalties or injunctions. If any governmental sanctions, fines or penalties are imposed, or if we
do not prevail in any civil or criminal litigation, our business, operating results, financial condition and reputation could be harmed. In addition, responding
to any action will likely result in a significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and an increase in professional fees. Enforcement actions
and sanctions could further harm our business, operating results, financial condition and reputation.
Alleged or actual failure to comply with the constantly evolving legal and contractual environment surrounding calling consumers and wireless phone
numbers by other companies or our competitors or governmental or private enforcement actions related thereto, could harm our business, financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows.
The legal and contractual environment surrounding calling consumers and wireless phone numbers is constantly evolving. In the United States, two
federal agencies, the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, and the FCC, and various states have laws including, at the federal level, the TCPA that restrict
the placing of certain
36
Table of Contents
telephone calls and texts to residential and wireless telephone subscribers by means of automatic telephone dialing systems, prerecorded or artificial voice
messages and fax machines. These laws require companies to institute processes and safeguards to comply with these restrictions. The legal interpretation
of certain of the requirements of these laws has been in dispute before the courts and federal agencies and the FCC is expected to conduct further
rulemaking proceedings that may further alter its interpretation of the legal requirements involved. Some of these laws, where a violation is established, can
be enforced by the FTC, FCC, State Attorneys General, or private party litigants. In these types of actions, the plaintiff may seek damages, statutory
penalties, costs and/or attorneys’ fees.
We have designed our solution to comply with these laws. To the extent that our solution is viewed by clients or potential clients as less functional, or
more difficult to deploy or use, because of our solution’s compliance features, we may lose market share to competitors that do not include similar
compliance safeguards. Our contractual arrangements with our clients who use our solution to place calls also expressly require them to comply with all
such laws and to indemnify us for any failure to do so. We take numerous steps to reasonably confirm that the use of our services complies with applicable
laws. Even with these efforts, it is possible that the FTC, FCC, private litigants or others may attempt to hold our clients, or us as a software solution
provider, responsible for alleged violations of these laws. To the extent any court finds that the software solution violated a controlling legal standard, we
could face indemnification demands from our clients for costs, fees and damages with respect to calls placed using that solution. It also is possible that we
may not successfully enforce or collect upon our contractual indemnities from our clients. Defending such suits can be costly and time-consuming and
could result in fines, damages, expenses and losses. Additionally, these laws, and any changes to them or the interpretation thereof, that further restrict
calling consumers, including to wireless phone numbers, adverse publicity regarding the alleged or actual failure by companies, including our clients and
competitors, to comply with such laws or governmental or private enforcement actions related thereto, could result in a reduction in the use of our solution
by our clients and potential clients, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
On December 12, 2018, the FCC issued an order concluding that the Short Message Service, or SMS, or text messages, is an information service
under federal law and not a telecommunications service. The regulatory significance to us is that the FCC’s decision gives wireless carriers the flexibility to
block SMS messages if the carriers identify the messages as unwanted by their wireless customers. Such blocking efforts by carriers may make it more
difficult for our clients to use SMS messages that are provided by us as a part of our overall communications and outreach solution for our clients. Thus,
although SMS comprises only a very small portion of our revenue base, its future availability as an effective tool for communication and outreach for our
clients and their customers is uncertain and could cause our solution to be less valuable to clients and potential clients.
Increased taxes on our service may increase our clients’ cost of using our service and/or increase our costs and reduce our profit margins to the extent
the costs are not passed through to our clients, and we may be subject to liabilities for past sales and other taxes, surcharges and fees.
Based on analysis of our activities, we have determined that we are obligated to collect and remit U.S. state or local sales, use, gross receipts, excise
and utility user taxes, as well as fees or surcharges as a communications service provider in certain U.S. states, municipalities or local tax jurisdictions. We
are registered for collecting and remitting applicable taxes where such a determination has been made. Prior to our making such determination, we neither
collected nor remitted these taxes, fees or surcharges to applicable local, municipal or state jurisdictions. We continue to analyze our activities to determine
if we are subject to these taxes in additional jurisdictions and based on our ongoing assessment of our U.S. state and local tax collection and remittance
obligations, we register for tax and regulatory purposes in such jurisdictions and commence collecting and remitting applicable state and local taxes and
surcharges to these jurisdictions.
We have accrued a contingent liability of $1.1 million for our best estimate of the probable amount of taxes and surcharges that may be imposed by
various states and municipalities on our activities, including our usage-based and subscription services, prior to registration. This contingent liability is
based on our analysis of a number of factors, including the source location of our usage-based fees, the taxability of our subscription services and the rules
and regulations in each state. The actual amount of state and local taxes and surcharges paid may differ from our estimates. See Note 10 to the consolidated
financial statements.
While we have accrued for these potential liabilities in each period, such accruals are based on analyses of our business activities, the operation of
our solution, applicable statutes, regulations and rules in each state and locality and estimates of sales subject to sales tax or other charges. State and local
taxing and regulatory authorities may challenge our position and may decide to audit our business and operations with respect to state or local sales, use,
37
Table of Contents
gross receipts, excise and utility user taxes, fees or surcharges, which could result in our being liable for taxes, fees, or surcharges, as well as related
penalties and interest, above our recorded accrued liability or additional liability for taxes, fees, or surcharges, as well as penalties and interest for our
clients, which could harm our results of operations and our relationships with our clients. In addition, if our international sales grow, additional foreign
countries may seek to impose sales or other tax collection obligations on us, which would increase our exposure to liability.
The applicability of state or local taxes, fees or surcharges relative to services such as ours is complex, ambiguous and subject to interpretation and
change. If states enact new legislation or if taxing and regulatory authorities promulgate new rules or regulations or expand or otherwise alter their
interpretations of existing rules and regulations, we could incur additional liabilities. The amount that we are required to pay under certain of these tax and
regulatory structures also continues to increase as a percentage of our telecommunications revenues. The collection of additional taxes, fees or surcharges
in the future could increase our prices or reduce our profit margins. Compliance with new or existing legislation, rules or regulations may also make us less
competitive with those competitors who are not subject to, or choose not to comply with, such legislation, rules or regulations. We have incurred, and will
continue to incur, substantial ongoing costs associated with complying with state or local tax, fee or surcharge requirements in the numerous markets in
which we conduct or will conduct business.
Our ability to offer services outside the United States is subject to different regulatory and taxation requirements, which may be complicated and
uncertain.
As we continue to expand the sale and implementation of our solution internationally, we will be subject to additional regulations, taxes, surcharges
and fees. Compliance with these new complex regulatory requirements differ from country to country, and are frequently changing and may impose
substantial compliance burdens on our business. At times, it may be difficult to determine which laws and regulations apply and we may discover that we
are required to comply with certain laws and regulations after having provided services for some time in that jurisdiction, which could subject us to
retroactive taxes, fees and penalties, and we may be subject to conflicting requirements. Additionally, as we expand internationally, the risk that
governments will regulate or impose new or increased taxes or fees on our services increases. Any such additional regulation or taxes could decrease the
value of our international expansion, or impede our ability to expand internationally, and therefore harm our results of operations.
We are subject to assessments for unpaid USF contributions, as well as interest thereon and civil penalties, due to our late registration and past failure
to recognize our obligation as a USF contributor and as an international carrier.
We are classified as a telecommunications service provider for regulatory purposes and we are required to make direct contributions to the USF
based on revenue we receive from the resale of interstate and international telecommunications services. In order to comply with the obligation to make
direct contributions, we are registered with the Universal Service Administrative Company, or USAC, which is charged by the FCC with administering the
USF, and have been remitting the required contributions to USAC since our registration with USAC in April 2013.
In June 2015, in connection with our late registration with the USAC and past failure to make USF contributions prior to 2013, we entered into a
consent decree with the FCC Enforcement Bureau. In the consent decree, we agreed to pay a civil penalty of $2.0 million to the U.S. Treasury, which was
paid in installments ending on December 31, 2018. We also agreed to make USF contributions of $3.9 million based on our revenues for the period from
2008 to 2012. We are still in dispute with the FCC regarding whether we are liable for USF contributions related to the period from 2003 through 2007. As
of December 31, 2020, we had accrued $0.9 million in respect of the remaining disputed assessments, including interest and penalties, for the period of
2003 through 2007. See Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements.
Although the effective period of the FCC consent decree has terminated, the FCC routinely imposes a higher expectation of regulatory compliance on
companies that were previously subject to consent decrees and any further violations of FCC rules could subject us to heightened enforcement action,
including higher fines and penalties.
Our ongoing obligations to pay federal, state and local telecommunications contributions and taxes may decrease our price advantage over, and
ability to compete with our competitors who are not subject to, or choose not to comply with, those requirements. In addition, if we are unable to continue
to pass some or all of the cost of these contributions and taxes to our clients, our profit margins on the minutes we resell will decrease. Our federal
contributions and tax obligations may significantly increase in the future, due to new interpretations by governing authorities, governmental budget
pressures, changes in our business model or solutions or other factors.
38
Table of Contents
If we do not comply with FCC rules and regulations, we could be subject to further FCC enforcement actions, fines, loss of licenses and possibly
restrictions on our ability to operate or offer certain of our services.
Since our business is regulated by the FCC, we are subject to existing or potential FCC regulations relating to privacy, disability access, porting of
numbers, USF contributions and other requirements. If we do not comply with FCC rules and regulations, we could be subject to further FCC enforcement
actions, fines, loss of licenses and possibly restrictions on our ability to operate or offer certain of our services. Any further enforcement action by the FCC,
which may be a public process, would hurt our reputation in the industry, could impair our ability to sell our services to clients and could harm our business
and results of operations.
The regulations to which we are subject (in whole or in part) include:
•
•
the TRACED Act and corresponding regulations from the FCC, which requires carriers to authenticate incoming calls using the STIR/SHAKEN
caller ID framework and correspondingly compels providers of telecommunications services to implement capabilities to certify as authentic the
traffic they provide to those carriers;
the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act, or CALEA, which requires covered entities to assist law enforcement in undertaking
electronic surveillance;
• KARI’s Law and RAY BAUM’s Act, which require telecommunications carriers to ensure their users can directly dial 911 emergency services
and, if technically feasible, automatically convey dispatchable location information with the call;
•
•
•
•
contributions to the USF which requires that we pay a percentage of our revenues resulting from the provision of interstate telecommunications
services to support certain federal programs;
payment of annual FCC regulatory fees based on our interstate and international revenues;
rules pertaining to access to our services by people with disabilities and contributions to the Telecommunications Relay Services fund; and
FCC rules regarding CPNI which prohibit us from using such information without client approval, subject to certain exceptions.
If we do not comply with any current or future rules or regulations that apply to our business, we could be subject to additional and substantial fines
and penalties, we may have to restructure our solution, exit certain markets, accept lower margins or raise the price of our solution, any of which could
harm our business and results of operations.
Reform of federal and state USF programs could increase the cost of our service to our clients, diminishing or eliminating our pricing advantage.
The FCC and a number of states are considering reform or other modifications to USF programs. The way we calculate our contribution may change
if the FCC or certain states engage in reform or adopt other modifications.
Should the FCC or certain states adopt new contribution mechanisms or otherwise modify contribution obligations that increase our contribution
burden, we will either need to raise the amount we currently collect from our clients to cover this obligation or absorb the costs, which would reduce our
profit margins. Furthermore, the FCC has ruled that states can require us to contribute to state USF programs. A number of states already require us to
contribute, while others are actively considering extending their programs to include the solution we provide. Currently our USF contributions are borne by
our clients, which could result in our solution becoming less competitive as compared to products provided by our competitors.
39
Table of Contents
We may not be able to utilize a significant portion of our net operating loss or research tax credit carryforwards, and under recently enacted lower
federal corporate tax rates such tax benefits will be of less value, which could harm our profitability and financial condition.
As of December 31, 2020, we had federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards due to prior period losses of $356.0 million, $201.6
million and $14.3 million, respectively, available to reduce future income subject to income taxes. If not utilized, the federal and state net operating loss
carryforwards will begin to expire in 2024 and 2028, respectively, while the foreign net operating loss carryforwards do not expire. As of December 31,
2020, we also had gross research credit carryforwards for federal and California state tax purposes of $6.1 million and $4.5 million, respectively. If not
utilized, the federal research credit carryforwards will begin to expire in 2024. The California research credit carryforwards do not expire. If we are unable
to generate sufficient taxable income to utilize our net operating loss and research tax credit carryforwards, these carryforwards could expire unused and be
unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities, which could harm our profitability and financial condition in future periods.
In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or IRC Section 382, our ability to utilize net operating loss
carryforwards or other tax attributes, such as research tax credits, in any taxable year may be limited if we experience an “ownership change.” An IRC
Section 382 “ownership change” generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who own at least 5% of our stock increase their
ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state
tax laws. We experienced an ownership change prior to 2014 and the disclosed amounts of our net operating losses and research credit carryforwards have
been reduced for the resulting effect of the IRC Section 382 limitations. Subsequent or future issuances or sales of our stock (including certain transactions
involving our stock that are outside of our control) could cause an “ownership change” again, which would impose an annual limit on the amount of pre-
ownership change net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes we can use to reduce our taxable income, potentially causing those tax attributes
to expire unused or to be reduced, and increasing and accelerating our liability for income taxes. It is possible that such an ownership change could
materially reduce our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards or other tax attributes to offset taxable income, which could require us to pay more
income taxes than if we were able to fully utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and harm our profitability.
In December 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was enacted. The effect of the new tax law, and its regulations and interpretations, as well as any
additional tax reform legislation in the United States or elsewhere, could harm our business and financial condition by, among other things, decreasing the
value of our net operating loss carryforwards. If we are required to reduce the value of our net operating loss carryforwards, we may be required to record a
corresponding charge to current earnings, which could harm our financial condition and results of operations in the period in which it is recorded.
Privacy concerns and domestic or foreign laws and regulations may reduce the demand for our solution, increase our costs and harm our business.
Our clients use our solution to collect, transfer, use, and otherwise process, collectively, Process or Processing, personal data regarding their
customers and potential customers. The Processing of personal data and other types of protected data subjects us and our customers to a number of
domestic and international laws that govern and regulate the Processing of personal data and other types of protected data. These laws regulate and address
a range of issues including data privacy (e.g., restrictions or technological or process requirements regarding the Processing of data), cybersecurity (e.g.,
requirements for the protection of personal data against compromise of the confidentiality, integrity, or availability of personal data), breach notification,
data governance, and risk management and reporting. These laws can vary substantially from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, and are rapidly evolving.
Domestic and international government authorities are considering adopting, or may adopt, laws and regulations in the future, regarding the Processing of
personal data obtained from consumers and individuals.
Moreover, laws and regulations outside the United States, and particularly in the European Union, or EU, often are more restrictive than those in the
United States. Such laws and regulations may have more stringent compliance obligations in regards to data protection. By way of example, under the EU
General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, data subjects have the right to access, correct, and request deletion of personal data stored or maintained by
companies subject to GDPR, such companies may have shorter timeframes and broader requirements for informing data protection authorities and
individuals of security breaches that affect their personal data, and, in some cases, may be required to obtain individuals’ consent to process personal data
for certain purposes. We also
40
Table of Contents
may be bound by additional, more stringent contractual obligations relating to our collection, use, and disclosure of personal, financial, and other data. It is
possible that a governmental authority may implement a new law or interpret an existing law in a manner that limits our customers’ ability to use our
solution or that requires us to make costly or detrimental changes in our solution and services, whether on a one-time basis or as an ongoing increase in our
operating costs and expenses. Further, some laws might require us to disclose proprietary or confidential aspects of our solution in a manner that
compromises the effectiveness of our solution or that enables our competitors or bad actors to gain insight into the operation of our technology, enabling
them to copy or circumvent our solution and thereby reducing the value of our technology.
The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, such laws and regulations that are applicable to us and the businesses of our clients may
limit the use and adoption of our solution and reduce overall demand for our solution. Also, failure to comply with such laws may lead to significant fines,
penalties or other regulatory liabilities, such as orders or consent decrees forcing us or our clients to modify business practices, and reputational damage or
third-party lawsuits for any noncompliance with such laws. Our business could be harmed if legislation or regulations are adopted, interpreted or
implemented in a manner that is inconsistent from country to country and inconsistent with our current policies and practices, or those of our clients.
Furthermore, privacy and data protection concerns may cause consumers to resist providing the personal data or other types of protected data that
may be subject to laws and regulations that is necessary to allow our clients to use our solution effectively. Even the perception of privacy concerns,
whether or not valid, may inhibit market adoption of our solution in certain industries or countries.
The European Union’s GDPR may continue to increase our costs and the costs of our clients to operate, limit the use of our solution or change the way
we operate, exposes us to substantial fines and penalties if we fail to comply, and has led to similar laws being enacted in other jurisdictions.
On May 25, 2018, the EU adopted the GDPR. The GDPR replaced the EU Data Protection Directive, also known as Directive 95/46/EC, and is
intended to harmonize data protection laws throughout the EU by applying a single data protection law that is binding throughout each member state. We
and many of our customers are subject to the GDPR based upon our processing of personal data collected from EU data subjects, such as our processing of
personal data of our customers in the EU and our processing of our EU employees’ personal data.
The GDPR enhances data protection obligations for processors and controllers of personal data, including, for example, expanded disclosures about
how personal information is to be used, limitations on retention of information, mandatory data breach notification requirements and onerous new
obligations on services providers. Non-compliance with the GDPR can trigger steep fines of up to €20 million or 4% of total worldwide annual turnover,
whichever is higher. The member states of the EU were tasked under the GDPR to enact certain implementing legislation that would add to or further
interpret the GDPR requirements and this additional implementing legislation potentially extends our obligations and potential liability for failing to meet
such obligations.
Given the breadth and depth of changes in data protection obligations, our compliance with the GDPR’s requirements will continue to require time,
resources and review of the technology and systems we use to satisfy the GDPR’s requirements. We have ongoing procedures to maintain GDPR
compliance. We continue to deliver product features that enhance our data management and security in support of GDPR compliance.
Among the compliance obligations the GDPR raises for us and our customers are requirements regarding the transfer of personal data from the EU to
other jurisdictions, including the United States. In order to comply with the data transfer obligations imposed by the GDPR, we rely on the use of standard
contractual clauses issued by the European Commission. Where applicable, we also enter into data processing agreements including standard contractual
clauses approved by the Article 29 Working Party (now the Data Protection Board) to authorize the transfer of personal data from the EU and in support of
our data processing activities on behalf of our customers. Litigation challenging the adequacy of the standard contractual clauses could negatively impact
the operation of our business. The invalidation of the standard contractual clauses may require us to adopt costly or burdensome alternatives. It may be
necessary to establish additional systems and business operations in the EU to avoid the transfer of personal data out of the EU. Should a change in the
conduct of our business be required, it may involve substantial expense and the diversion of resources from other aspects of our business, all of which may
harm our business and results of operations.
Given the complexity of operationalizing the GDPR, the maturity level of proposed compliance frameworks and the relative lack of guidance in the
interpretation of its numerous requirements, we and our customers are at risk
41
Table of Contents
of enforcement actions taken by EU data protection authorities or litigation from consumer advocacy groups acting on behalf of data subjects. This risk will
likely remain until there is more guidance on the GDPR, including as to implementing legislation enacted by the member states and enforcement actions
taken by various data protection authorities.
The implementation of the GDPR has led other jurisdictions to amend, or propose legislation to amend, their existing data protection laws to align
with the requirements of the GDPR with the aim of obtaining an adequate level of data protection to facilitate the transfer of personal data from the EU.
Accordingly, the challenges we face in the EU will likely also apply to other jurisdictions outside the EU that adopt laws similar in construction to the
GDPR or regulatory frameworks of equivalent complexity.
The CCPA and the CPRA could increase our costs and the costs of our clients to operate, limit the use of our solution or change the way we operate,
and expose us to substantial fines and class action risk if we fail to comply, and lead to similar laws being enacted in other states.
In 2018, the State of California adopted the CCPA. The CCPA applies to certain for-profit entities doing businesses in California. We and our
qualifying customers were required to comply with the requirements of the CCPA on January 1, 2020.
The CCPA established a new privacy framework for covered businesses by creating an expanded definition of personal information and creating new
data privacy rights for consumers in the State of California. As required by the statute, entities doing business in California have disclosure obligations to
consumers for whom they hold or process personal data. Businesses must also provide consumers with the right to dictate how their personal information is
used and shared. Complying with these obligations involves continued expenditures that could increase as more consumers exercise their rights under the
statute.
The CCPA created a new and potentially severe statutory damages framework for violations of its provisions. The California Attorney General can
enforce the CCPA by seeking statutory penalties for failure to comply with the act. For businesses that fail to implement reasonable security procedures, the
CCPA also creates a private right of action for consumers whose personal data is subject to a data breach. This private right of action has the potential to
create significant class action liability for businesses, like ours, that operate in California. To protect against these new risks, it may be necessary to change
our insurance programs.
The CCPA has been amended on multiple occasions, and is the subject of the regulations of the California Attorney General, which could be subject
to additional modifications. Additional CCPA amendments have been proposed. It is unclear how, if at all, it may be modified, or how it will be interpreted
by the California Attorney General. In addition, voters in California approved the ballot initiative known as the California Privacy Rights Act of 2020, or
CPRA. Pursuant to the CPRA, the CCPA will be amended by creating additional privacy rights for California consumers and additional obligations on
businesses, which could subject us to additional compliance costs as well as potential fines, individual claims and commercial liabilities. The CPRA is
expected to take effect on January 1, 2023. Additional modifications to the CCPA could create additional liability and require costly expenditures to ensure
continued compliance.
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Convertible Senior Notes
Servicing our debt may require a significant amount of cash. We may not have sufficient cash flow from our business to pay our indebtedness, and we
may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to settle for cash conversions of the convertible senior notes or to repurchase the convertible senior
notes for cash upon a fundamental change, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
In May 2018, we issued $258.8 million in aggregate principal amount of the 2023 convertible senior notes in a private offering. In May 2020, we
repurchased or exchanged $181.0 in aggregate principal amount of the 2023 convertible senior notes through individually negotiated private transactions in
the 2023 Note Repurchase Transactions. As of December 31, 2020, after giving effect to the 2023 Note Repurchase Transactions and other settlements, we
had approximately $58.9 million in aggregate principal amount of the 2023 convertible senior notes outstanding. The 2023 convertible senior notes mature
on May 1, 2023 and the interest rate of the 2023 convertible senior notes is fixed at 0.125% per annum, payable semiannually in arrears on May 1 and
November 1 of each year.
In May and June 2020, we issued $747.5 million in aggregate principal amount of the 2025 convertible senior notes in a private offering, all of
which were outstanding as of December 31, 2020. The 2025 convertible senior
42
Table of Contents
notes mature on June 1, 2025, and the interest rate of the 2025 convertible senior notes is fixed at 0.500% per annum, payable semiannually in arrears on
June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning on December 1, 2020.
Our ability to make scheduled payments of principal and interest, or to refinance our indebtedness, including the convertible senior notes, depends
on our future performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive and other factors beyond our control. Our business may not generate cash
flows from operations in the future that are sufficient to service our debt and make necessary capital expenditures. If we are unable to generate sufficient
cash flows, we may be required to pursue one or more alternatives, such as selling assets, restructuring debt or obtaining additional debt financing or equity
capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive to existing holders of our common stock. Our ability to obtain additional financing or refinance
either or both series of the convertible senior notes, or any future indebtedness, will depend on conditions in the capital markets and our financial condition
at such time, among other factors. We may not be able to engage in any of these activities on favorable terms or at all, which could result in a default on our
debt obligations or other material adverse effects on our business and financial condition.
Subject to certain conditions, holders of both series of the convertible senior notes have the right to require us to repurchase for cash all or any
portion of their convertible senior notes upon the occurrence of a fundamental change (as defined in the indentures governing the convertible senior notes)
at a fundamental change repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the applicable series of convertible senior notes to be repurchased, plus
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable fundamental change repurchase date.
Upon conversion of either or both series of convertible senior notes in accordance with their terms, unless we elect to deliver solely shares of our
common stock to settle such conversion (other than paying cash in lieu of delivering any fractional share), we will be required to settle a portion or all of
our conversion obligation through the payment of cash. We may not have enough available cash or be able to obtain financing at the time we are required to
make repurchases in connection with such conversion and our ability to pay may be further limited by law, regulatory authority or agreements governing
our future indebtedness. Our failure to repurchase any convertible senior notes at a time when the repurchase is required by the applicable indenture or to
pay any cash payable on any future conversions as required by the applicable indenture would constitute a default under such indenture. A default under
either such indenture would lead to, and the occurrence of the fundamental change itself may also lead to, a default under agreements governing our future
indebtedness. If the repayment of the related indebtedness were to be accelerated after any applicable notice or grace periods, we may not have sufficient
funds to repay the indebtedness or repurchase any convertible senior notes when required, or to make cash payments upon conversions thereof.
The conditional conversion feature of the 2023 convertible senior notes and, if triggered, the 2025 convertible senior notes, may adversely affect our
financial condition and operating results.
If and to the extent the conditional conversion features of either or both series of convertible senior notes are triggered, holders of such convertible
senior notes will be entitled to convert their convertible senior notes at any time during specified periods at their option. During the three months ended
December 31, 2020, one of the conversion features of the 2023 convertible senior notes was triggered, entitling the holders thereof to convert such
convertible senior notes from January 1, 2021 to March 31, 2021. Whether the 2023 convertible senior notes will be convertible after March 31, 2021 will
depend on the continued satisfaction of this condition or other conversion conditions.
To the extent that the respective conditional conversion features of either or both series of convertible senior notes are triggered in the future,
holders of such convertible senior notes, as applicable, will be entitled to convert their convertible senior notes at any time during the specified periods at
their option. If one or more holders elect to convert their convertible senior notes during any such specified period, we have the option to pay or deliver, as
the case may be, cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock, at our election. Any election to settle
conversions of convertible senior notes with cash could adversely affect our liquidity.
Transactions relating to the convertible senior notes may dilute the ownership interests of our existing stockholders or adversely affect the market price
of our common stock.
The conversion of some or all of either series of convertible senior notes would dilute the ownership interests of our existing stockholders to the
extent we satisfy our conversion obligation by delivering shares of our common stock. In this regard, if holders of the convertible senior notes elect to
convert their notes during one of the specified conversion periods referred to above, we may settle our conversion obligations by delivering to them cash,
43
Table of Contents
shares of our common stock or a combination thereof. In addition, we may issue shares of our common stock in connection with repurchases, exchanges or
other transactions involving the convertible senior notes, such as the 2023 Note Repurchase Transactions, which involved the issuance of 2,723,581 shares
of our common stock to certain holders of the 2023 convertible senior notes. We received elections to convert a limited number of 2023 convertible senior
notes from the fourth quarter of 2019 through December 31, 2020. We have elected to satisfy our obligations through the payment of cash in certain
circumstances, the issuance of shares of common stock in other circumstances, or a combination thereof, to such convertible senior note holders. See Part
II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Liquidity and Capital Resources, for further
discussion of our elections to satisfy our conversion obligations.
In addition, in connection with the issuance of the 2023 convertible senior notes and the 2025 convertible senior notes, we entered into capped call
transactions with certain financial institutions, or the Option Counterparties. The capped call transactions are expected generally to reduce the potential
dilution to holders of our common stock upon any conversion or settlement of either series of convertible notes and/or offset any cash payments we are
required to make in excess of the principal amount of such convertible senior notes, as the case may be, with such reduction and/or offset subject to a cap
under the terms of the capped call transactions. We expect that the Option Counterparties or their respective affiliates may from time to time purchase
shares of our common stock and/or enter into various derivative transactions with respect to our common stock in connection with their hedging activities
relating to the capped call transactions. The Option Counterparties or their respective affiliates also may modify their hedge positions by entering into or
unwinding such derivative transactions and/or purchasing or selling our common stock or other securities of ours in secondary market transactions prior to
the applicable maturity of either series of convertible senior notes. These activities could negatively affect the market price of our common stock.
The accounting method for convertible debt securities that may be settled in cash, such as both series of convertible senior notes, could have a material
effect on our reported financial results.
Under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 470-20, Debt with Conversion and Other Options (“ASC 470-
20”), an entity must separately account for the liability and equity components of convertible debt instruments (such as both series of convertible senior
notes) that may be settled entirely or partially in cash upon conversion in a manner that reflects the issuer’s economic interest cost. ASC 470-20 requires
the value of the conversion option of the applicable series of convertible senior notes, representing the equity component, to be recorded as additional paid-
in capital within stockholders’ equity in our consolidated balance sheet and as a discount to the applicable series convertible senior notes, which reduces
their initial carrying value. The carrying value of the applicable series of convertible senior notes, net of the discount recorded, will be accreted up to the
principal amount of such series of convertible senior notes from the issuance date until the applicable maturity date, which will result in non-cash charges
to interest expense in our consolidated statement of operations. Accordingly, we will report lower net income or higher net loss in our financial results
because ASC 470-20 requires interest to include both the current period’s accretion of the debt discount and the instrument’s coupon interest, which could
adversely affect our reported or future financial results, the trading price of our common stock and the trading price of either or both series of convertible
senior notes.
General Risk Factors
Our stock price has been volatile, may continue to be volatile and may decline, including due to factors beyond our control.
The market price of our common stock has been volatile in the past and may fluctuate significantly in the future in response to numerous factors,
many of which are beyond our control. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, the sale price per share of our common stock ranged from a
low of $52.51 to a high of $187.99. Factors that may contribute to continuing volatility in the price of our common stock include:
•
•
•
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;
the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic and related matters on the equity capital markets and economy in general, or on us or our industry in
particular;
the financial projections we provide to the public, any changes in these projections, our failure to meet these projections, or our failure to exceed
these projections by amounts or percentages expected by our investors and analysts;
44
Table of Contents
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
failure of securities analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of our company, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow
our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;
ratings changes by any securities analysts who follow our company;
sales of our common stock (or securities that convert to our common stock) by us or our significant stockholders, or the public announcement of
same;
the assessment of our business or position in our market published in research and other reports;
announcements by us or our competitors of significant product or technical innovations, financings, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint
ventures or capital commitments;
entry into the market by new competitors, or the introduction of new products or the generation of new sales by us or our competitors;
changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally, or those in the software as a service
industry in particular;
price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, including as a result of trends in the U.S. or global economy;
any major change in our board of directors or management;
lawsuits threatened or filed against us;
security breaches or incidents impacting our clients or their customers and security breaches of companies that provide solutions similar to our
solution, which could negatively impact our industry as a whole;
legislation or regulation of our business, the internet and/or contact centers;
loss of key personnel;
new entrants into the contact center market, including the transition by providers of legacy on-premise contact center systems to cloud solutions;
acquisitions by us or our competitors, and our ability to effectively integrate and achieve the desired benefits from acquisitions by us;
the perceived or real impact of events that harm our direct competitors;
developments with respect to patents or proprietary rights;
general market conditions; and
other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism or responses to these events, which would be unrelated to our
business and industry, and outside of our control.
In addition, stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of
equity securities of many technology companies, particularly in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic. Stock prices of many technology companies
have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These and other factors may disproportionately
impact the trading price of our common stock. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market
volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management
from our business and harm our business, results of operations, financial condition, reputation and cash flows.
If securities or industry analysts discontinue publishing research or reports about our business, or publish negative reports about our business, our
share price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our
business, our market and our competitors. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our
shares or change their opinion of our shares or our business, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our
company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in financial markets or our industry market, which could cause our share price or
trading volume to decline.
45
Table of Contents
Substantial future sales of shares of our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.
The market price of shares of our common stock could decline as a result of substantial sales of our common stock, particularly sales by our
directors, executive officers and significant stockholders or the perception in the market that holders of a large number of shares intend to sell their shares.
The future registration of shares of our common stock may cause our stock price to decline, even before such shares are actually sold in the market.
We have registered shares of common stock that we may issue under our employee equity incentive plans. These shares can be sold freely in the public
market upon issuance.
We are unable to predict the effect that sales, or the perception that our shares may be available for sale, will have on the prevailing market price of
our common stock.
Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, limit attempts by
our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.
Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of delaying or preventing a
change in control or changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
provide that our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors;
provide that stockholders may remove directors only for cause and only with the approval of holders of at least 66 ⁄ % of our then outstanding
capital stock;
3
2
provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors;
provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a
majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;
provide that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, and may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders;
provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a
meeting of stockholders must provide notice in writing in a timely manner, and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a
stockholder’s notice;
restrict the forum for certain litigation against us to Delaware;
restrict the forum for complaints asserting a cause of action under the Securities Act to the federal district courts;
do not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any
election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election);
provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board, our chief executive officer or the board of
directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors; and
provide that stockholders will be permitted to amend our amended and restated bylaws and certain parts of our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation only upon receiving at least 66 / % of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of all outstanding shares then entitled to vote generally
in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
3
2
These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult
for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because
we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a
Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years
following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder.
The existence of these provisions could negatively affect the price of our common stock and limit opportunities for you to realize value in a corporate
transaction.
46
Table of Contents
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for
certain disputes between us and our stockholders, and our Bylaws provide that the federal district courts will be the exclusive forum for resolving any
complaint asserting a cause of action under the Securities Act, each of which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum
for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees, or agents.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery
of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim
of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or to our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising
pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law or (4) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Furthermore, our Bylaws
provide that, unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States are the sole and exclusive forum for the
resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action under the Securities Act.
These choice of forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or
our directors, officers, employees, or agents, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, employees and agents even though
an action, if successful, might benefit our stockholders. Stockholders who do bring a claim in the Court of Chancery could face additional litigation costs in
pursuing any such claim, particularly if they do not reside in or near the State of Delaware. The Court of Chancery or federal district courts may also reach
different judgments or results than would other courts, including courts where a stockholder considering an action may be located or would otherwise
choose to bring the action, and such judgments or results may be more favorable to us than to our stockholders. Alternatively, if a court were to find either
of these choice of forum provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in
other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.
We have never paid cash dividends and do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay
any dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject
to applicable laws, and will depend on a number of factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual
restrictions, including under any future loan facilities, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. While
our convertible senior notes do not prohibit payment of dividends, any dividends declared and paid by our board of directors would result in an adjustment
to the conversion rate of such notes such that additional shares would be issuable upon conversion. Accordingly, holders of our common stock must rely on
sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investments.
ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
47
Table of Contents
ITEM 2. Properties
We currently lease approximately 270,000 square feet of office space worldwide. Information concerning our principal leased properties as
of December 31, 2020 is set forth below:
Location
San Ramon, California
San Ramon, California
The Philippines
Russia
Principal Use
Corporate headquarters, sales, marketing, product design,
professional services, research and development
Corporate headquarters, sales, marketing, product design,
professional services, research and development
Technical support, training and other professional services
Portions of engineering and operations
Square Footage
104,000
Lease Expiration Date
January 2031
90,100
26,600
23,400
March 2021
July 2023
September 2024
The hosting of our equipment and software at co-located third-party facilities is also significant to our business. We have entered into rental
agreements with third-party facilities in Santa Clara, California; Atlanta, Georgia; Slough, England; and Amsterdam, the Netherlands, which require
monthly payments for a fixed period of time in exchange for certain guarantees of space, network and telecommunication availability. These agreements
expire at various dates through 2025.
We believe our facilities are sufficient for our current needs.
ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings
Information with respect to this item may be found under the heading “Legal Matters” in Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which information is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
48
Table of Contents
PART II
ITEM 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market Information for Common Stock
Our common stock trades on The NASDAQ Global Market, or NASDAQ, under the symbol “FIVN.”
Number of Common Stock Holders
On February 19, 2021, there were 18 stockholders of record of our common stock who held an aggregate of 66,659,859 shares of our common stock.
We believe that there are a substantially greater number of beneficial owners of our common stock.
Dividend Policy
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay
any dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, while our convertible senior notes do not prohibit payment of dividends, any dividends declared and
paid by our board of directors would result in an adjustment to the conversion rate of such notes such that additional shares would be issuable upon
conversion. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will
depend on a number of factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, including under any
future loan facilities, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.
Stock-Based Compensation
For information on securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans, see Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
None.
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
None.
49
Table of Contents
Stock Performance Graph
The graph below compares the cumulative total return on our common stock with that of the Russell 2000 Index and the NASDAQ Computer and
Data Processing Index. The period shown commences on December 31, 2015 and ends on December 31, 2020. The graph assumes $100 was invested at the
close of market on December 31, 2015 in the common stock of Five9, the Russell 2000 Index and the NASDAQ Computer and Data Processing Index, and
assumes the reinvestment of any dividends. The stock price performance on the following graph is not intended to forecast or be indicative of future stock
price performance of our common stock.
This performance graph shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or
otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Five9, Inc. under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act of 1934 Exchange, as amended.
50
Table of Contents
ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data
The following selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 and the selected
consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in
this Form 10-K. The following selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 and the selected
consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not
included in this report.
Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. You should read the following selected financial
data in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” our consolidated
financial statements, related notes, and other financial information included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
2020
2019
Year Ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
(in thousands, except per share data)
Revenue
Cost of revenue
Gross profit
Operating expenses:
(1)(2)
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
(1)(2)
(1)(2)
(1)(2)
Total operating expenses
Income (loss) from operations
Other income (expense), net:
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
Interest and other
Total other income (expense), net
Income (loss) before income taxes
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
Net loss
Net loss per share:
Basic and diluted
Shares used in computing net loss per share:
Basic and diluted
$
$
$
434,908
180,284
254,624
68,747
132,413
65,769
266,929
(12,305)
(6,964)
(25,314)
(32,278)
(44,583)
(2,453)
(42,130)
(0.66)
$
$
$
328,006
134,511
193,495
45,190
95,592
49,446
190,228
3,267
—
(7,715)
(7,715)
(4,448)
104
(4,552)
(0.08)
$
$
$
257,664
104,034
153,630
34,172
72,001
40,448
146,621
7,009
—
(6,930)
(6,930)
79
300
(221)
—
$
$
$
200,225
83,104
117,121
27,120
66,570
29,151
122,841
(5,720)
—
(2,981)
(2,981)
(8,701)
268
(8,969)
(0.16)
64,154
60,371
58,076
54,946
(1) Depreciation and amortization expenses included in our results of operations are as follows (in thousands):
Cost of revenue
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Total depreciation and amortization
2020
2019
Year Ended December 31,
2018
2017
$
$
20,179
1,964
5
2,939
25,087
$
$
10,856
1,801
6
1,711
14,374
$
$
7,808
1,036
95
1,335
10,274
$
$
6,300
795
120
1,099
8,314
51
$
$
$
$
$
162,090
66,934
95,156
23,878
52,748
25,072
101,698
(6,542)
(1,026)
(4,238)
(5,264)
(11,806)
54
(11,860)
(0.23)
52,342
2016
6,573
737
221
859
8,390
Table of Contents
(2) Stock-based compensation expense is included in our results of operations as follows (in thousands):
Cost of revenue
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Total stock-based compensation
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable investments
Working capital
Total assets
Total debt and finance leases
Additional paid-in capital
Total stockholders’ equity
2020
2019
Year Ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
$
$
$
9,422
14,043
20,164
21,118
64,747
2020
645,670
585,557
1,063,742
643,928
474,678
279,164
$
$
$
6,334
7,658
11,368
16,705
42,065
2019
319,949
315,282
482,380
213,931
351,870
196,458
$
$
$
3,333
5,303
6,307
13,541
28,484
December 31,
2018
(in thousands)
291,819
286,008
394,666
207,919
294,279
142,748
$
$
$
2,202
3,042
4,364
5,735
15,343
2017
68,947
53,317
128,196
46,742
222,202
46,838
$
$
$
1,375
2,059
2,363
3,846
9,643
2016
58,122
40,933
105,239
45,799
196,555
30,328
ITEM 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
You should read the following discussion in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this
report.
Overview
We are a pioneer and leading provider of intelligent cloud software for contact centers, facilitating more than seven billion call minutes between our
more than 2,000 clients and their customers per year. We believe we achieved this leadership position through our expertise and technology, which has
empowered us to help organizations of all sizes transition from legacy on-premise contact center systems to our cloud solution. Our solution, comprised of
our VCC cloud platform and applications, allows simultaneous management and optimization of customer interactions across voice, chat, email, web,
social media and mobile channels, either directly or through our APIs. Our VCC cloud platform matches each customer interaction with an appropriate
agent resource and delivers relevant customer data to the agent in real-time through integrations with adjacent enterprise applications, such as CRM
software, to optimize the customer experience and improve agent productivity. Unlike legacy on-premise contact center systems, our solution requires
minimal up-front investment, can be rapidly deployed and adjusted depending on our client’s requirements.
Since founding our business in 2001, we have focused exclusively on delivering cloud contact center software. We initially targeted smaller contact
center opportunities with our telesales team and, over time, invested in expanding the breadth and depth of the functionality of our cloud platform to meet
the evolving requirements of our clients. In 2009, we made a strategic decision to expand our market opportunity to include larger contact centers. This
decision drove further investments in research and development and the establishment of our field sales team to meet the requirements of these larger
contact centers. We believe this shift has helped us diversify our client base, while significantly enhancing our opportunity for future revenue growth. To
complement these efforts, we have also focused on building client awareness and driving adoption of our solution through marketing activities, which
include internet advertising, digital marketing campaigns, social media, trade shows, industry events, telemarketing and out of home campaigns.
We provide our solution through a SaaS business model with recurring subscriptions. We offer a comprehensive suite of applications delivered on our
VCC cloud platform that are designed to enable our clients to
52
Table of Contents
manage and optimize interactions across inbound and outbound contact centers. We primarily generate revenue by selling subscriptions and related usage
of our VCC cloud platform. We charge our clients monthly subscription fees for access to our solution, primarily based on the number of agent seats, as
well as the specific functionalities and applications our clients deploy. We define agent seats as the maximum number of named agents allowed to
concurrently access our solution. Our clients typically have more named agents than agent seats, and multiple named agents may use an agent seat, though
not simultaneously. Substantially all of our clients purchase both subscriptions and related telephony usage from us. A small percentage of our clients
subscribe to our platform but purchase telephony usage directly from wholesale telecommunications service providers. We do not sell telephony usage on a
stand-alone basis to any client. The related usage fees are based on the volume of minutes for inbound and outbound interactions. We also offer bundled
plans, generally for smaller deployments, where the client is charged a single monthly fixed fee per agent seat that includes both subscription and unlimited
usage in the contiguous 48 states and, in some cases, Canada. We offer monthly, annual and multiple-year contracts to our clients, generally with 30 days’
notice required for reductions in the number of agent seats. Increases in the number of agent seats can be provisioned almost immediately. Our clients,
therefore, are able to adjust the number of agent seats used to meet their changing contact center volume needs. Our larger clients typically choose annual
contracts, which generally include an implementation and ramp period of several months. Fixed subscription fees, including bundled plans, are generally
billed monthly in advance, while related usage fees are billed in arrears. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, subscription and related
usage fees accounted for 92%, 92% and 93% of our revenue, respectively. The remainder was comprised of professional services revenue from the
implementation and optimization of our solution.
Effects of COVID-19
In December 2019, a novel coronavirus disease known as COVID-19 was reported and on March 11, 2020, the WHO characterized COVID-19 as a
pandemic. This pandemic has resulted in a widespread health crisis that has significantly harmed the U.S. and global economies and caused significant
fluctuation in financial markets, including those on which our common stock and our convertible senior notes trade, and may impact demand for our
solution.
In accordance with the various social distancing and other office closure orders and recommendations of applicable government agencies, all of our
employees have transitioned to work-from-home operations and we have canceled all business travel by our employees except where necessary and
properly authorized, which has changed how we operate our business. Our clients and business partners are also subject to various and changing social
distancing and office closure orders and recommendations and travel restrictions and prohibitions, which have changed the way we interact with our clients
and business partners.
COVID-19 had a moderately positive impact on our 2020 financial results due to the shift from brick-and-mortar to virtual. The severity and duration
of the COVID-19 pandemic, and its impact on the U.S. and global economy, is uncertain, but we believe that there will be a continuing net benefit to us
longer term.
See Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors, for further discussion of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business and operations.
Key GAAP Operating Results
Our revenue increased to $434.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, from $328.0 million and $257.7 million for the years ended
December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Revenue growth was primarily attributable to our larger clients, driven by an increase in our sales and
marketing activities and our improved brand awareness. For each of the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, no single client accounted for
more than 10% of our total revenue. As of December 31, 2020, we had over 2,000 clients across multiple industries. Our clients’ subscriptions generally
range in size from fewer than 10 agent seats to approximately 9,000 agent seats. We had a net loss of $42.1 million, $4.6 million and $0.2 million for the
years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
We have continued to make significant expenditures and investments, including in sales and marketing, research and development and infrastructure.
We primarily evaluate the success of our business based on revenue growth and the efficiency and effectiveness of our investments. The growth of our
business and our future success depend on many factors, including our ability to continue to expand our base of larger clients, grow revenue from our
existing client base, innovate and expand internationally. While these areas represent significant opportunities for us, they also pose risks and challenges
that we must successfully address in order to sustain the growth of our business and improve our operating results, including the impact of the COVID-19
pandemic.
53
Table of Contents
Due to our continuing investments to grow our business, increase our sales and marketing efforts, pursue new opportunities, enhance our solution and
build our technology, we expect our cost of revenue and operating expenses to increase in absolute dollars in the long term. However, we expect cost of
revenue and certain operating expenses to fluctuate as a percentage of revenue in the near term taking into consideration the impact of COVID-19 and the
macroeconomic environment.
Key Operating and Non-GAAP Financial Performance Metrics
In addition to measures of financial performance presented in our consolidated financial statements, we monitor the key metrics set forth below to
help us evaluate growth trends, establish budgets, measure the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts and assess operational efficiencies.
Annual Dollar-Based Retention Rate
We believe that our Annual Dollar-Based Retention Rate provides insight into our ability to retain and grow revenue from our clients, and is a
measure of the long-term value of our client relationships.
Prior Calculation - Net Invoicing. Our Annual Dollar-Based Retention Rate is calculated by dividing our Retained Net Invoicing by our Retention
Base Net Invoicing on a monthly basis, which we then average using the rates for the trailing twelve months for the period being presented. We define
Retention Base Net Invoicing as recurring net invoicing from all clients in the comparable prior year period, and we define Retained Net Invoicing as
recurring net invoicing from that same group of clients in the current period. We define recurring net invoicing as subscription and related usage revenue
excluding the impact of service credits, reserves and deferrals. Historically, the difference between recurring net invoicing and our subscription and related
usage revenue has been within 10%.
The following table shows our Annual Dollar-Based Retention Rate based on Net Invoicing for the periods presented:
Annual Dollar-Based Retention Rate
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
2019
2020
105%
110%
Our Dollar-Based Retention Rate improved year over year primarily due to our larger clients increasing their number of agent seats.
New Calculation - Net Revenue. Starting from the fourth quarter of 2020, we revised our Annual Dollar-Based Retention Rate calculation to be based
on Net Revenue, rather than Net Invoicing. We now have eight quarters of trended Annual Dollar-Based Retention Rates based on ASC 606 Net Revenue
and, consistent with our peers, we are using Net Revenue rather than Net Invoicing and will no longer report the Net Invoicing calculation going forward.
The following table shows our Annual Dollar-Based Retention Rate based on Net Revenue for the periods presented:
Annual Dollar-Based Retention Rate
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
2019
2020
112%
117%
Our Dollar-Based Retention Rate based on Net Revenue improved year-over-year primarily due to our larger clients increasing their number of agent
seats.
Adjusted EBITDA
We monitor adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, to analyze our financial results and believe that it is useful to investors, as a
supplement to U.S. GAAP measures, in evaluating our ongoing operational performance and enhancing an overall understanding of our past financial
performance. We believe that adjusted EBITDA helps illustrate underlying trends in our business that could otherwise be masked by the effect of the
income or expenses that we exclude from adjusted EBITDA. Furthermore, we use this measure to establish budgets and operational goals for managing our
business and evaluating our performance. We also believe that adjusted EBITDA provides an additional tool for investors to use in comparing our recurring
core business operating results over multiple periods with other companies in our industry.
54
Table of Contents
Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, financial information prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP,
and our calculation of adjusted EBITDA may differ from that of other companies in our industry. We compensate for the inherent limitations associated
with using adjusted EBITDA through disclosure of these limitations, presentation of our financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP and
reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, net loss. We calculate adjusted EBITDA as net loss before
(1) depreciation and amortization, (2) stock-based compensation, (3) interest income, expense and other, (4) loss on early extinguishment of debt,
(5) acquisition-related transaction costs and one-time integration costs, (6) COVID-19 relief bonuses for employees, (7) provision for (benefit from)
income taxes, and (8) other items that do not directly affect what we consider to be our core operating performance.
The following table shows a reconciliation of net loss to adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented (in thousands):
Net loss
Non-GAAP adjustments:
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
(42,130)
$
(4,552)
(1)
(2)
Depreciation and amortization
Stock-based compensation
Interest expense
Interest (income) and other
Legal settlement
Legal and indemnification fees related to settlement
Acquisition related transaction costs and one-time integration costs
COVID-19 relief bonuses for employees
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
(3)
Adjusted EBITDA
$
25,087
64,747
28,348
(3,034)
—
—
6,335
1,817
6,964
(2,453)
85,681
$
14,374
42,065
13,794
(6,079)
420
356
338
—
—
104
60,820
(1) See ITEM 6 of this Form 10-K for depreciation and amortization expenses included in our results of operations for the periods presented.
(2) See Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements for stock-based compensation expense included in our results of operations for the periods
presented.
(3) See “Legal Matters” in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.
Key Components of Our Results of Operations
Revenue
Our revenue consists of subscription and related usage as well as professional services. We consider our subscription and related usage to be
recurring revenue. This recurring revenue includes fixed subscription fees for the delivery and support of our VCC cloud platform, as well as related usage
fees. The related usage fees are generally based on the volume of minutes for inbound and outbound client interactions. We also offer bundled plans,
generally for smaller deployments, where the client is charged a single monthly fixed fee per agent seat that includes both subscription and unlimited usage
in the contiguous 48 states and, in some cases, Canada. We offer monthly, annual and multiple-year contracts for our clients, generally with 30 days’ notice
required for reductions in the number of agent seats. Increases in the number of agent seats can be provisioned almost immediately. Our clients, therefore,
are able to adjust the number of agent seats used to meet their changing contact center volume needs. Our larger clients typically choose annual contracts,
which generally include an implementation and ramp period of several months.
Fixed subscription fees, including plans with bundled usage, are generally billed monthly in advance, while variable usage fees are billed in arrears.
Fixed subscription fees are recognized on a straight-line basis over the
55
Table of Contents
applicable term, which is predominantly the monthly contractual billing period. Support activities include technical assistance for our solution and upgrades
and enhancements on a when and if available basis, which are not billed separately. Variable subscription related usage fees for non-bundled plans are
billed in arrears based on client-specific per minute rate plans and are recognized as actual usage occurs. We generally require advance deposits from
clients based on estimated usage. All fees, except usage deposits, are non-refundable.
In addition, we generate professional services revenue from assisting clients in implementing our solution and optimizing use. These services include
application configuration, system integration and education and training services. Professional services are primarily billed on a fixed-fee basis and are
typically performed by us directly. In limited cases, our clients choose to perform these services themselves or engage their own third-party service
providers to perform such services. Professional services are recognized as the services are performed using the proportional performance method, with
performance measured based on labor hours, provided all other criteria for revenue recognition are met.
Cost of Revenue
Our cost of revenue consists primarily of personnel costs, including stock-based compensation, fees that we pay to telecommunications providers for
usage, USF costs which have been increasing, contributions and other regulatory costs, depreciation and related expenses of the servers and equipment,
costs to build out and maintain co-location data centers, costs of public cloud-based data centers, allocated office and facility costs and amortization of
acquired technology. Cost of revenue can fluctuate based on a number of factors, including the fees we pay to telecommunications providers, which vary
depending on our clients’ usage of our VCC cloud platform, the timing of capital expenditures and related depreciation charges and changes in headcount.
We expect to continue investing in our network infrastructure and operations and client support function to maintain high quality and availability of service,
resulting in absolute dollar increases in cost of revenue but percentage of revenue declines in the long-term through economies of scale. In the near-term,
however, we expect cost of revenue to increase both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue, primarily due to increased investments in public
cloud.
Operating Expenses
We classify our operating expenses as research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses.
Research and Development. Our research and development expenses consist primarily of salary and related expenses, including stock-based
compensation, for personnel related to the development of improvements and expanded features for our services, as well as quality assurance, testing,
product management and allocated overhead. We expense research and development expenses as they are incurred except for internal use software
development costs that qualify for capitalization. We believe that continued investment in our solution is important for our future growth, and we expect
our research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue in the near term.
Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses, including stock-based compensation, for
personnel in sales and marketing, sales commissions, as well as advertising, marketing, corporate communications, travel costs and allocated overhead. We
believe it is important to continue investing in sales and marketing to continue to generate revenue growth, and we expect sales and marketing expenses to
increase in absolute dollars over the long term and fluctuate as a percentage of revenue as we continue to support our growth initiatives.
General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salary and related expenses, including stock-based
compensation, for management, finance and accounting, legal, information systems and human resources personnel, professional fees, compliance costs,
other corporate expenses and allocated overhead. We expect that general and administrative expenses will fluctuate in absolute dollars and as a percentage
of revenue in the near term, due to among other things, the impact of COVID-19 and the resulting macroeconomic conditions, but to increase in absolute
dollars and decline as a percentage of revenue over time.
56
Table of Contents
Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
Based on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss set forth in this annual report, the following table sets forth our operating
results as a percentage of revenue for the periods indicated:
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
Revenue
Cost of revenue
Gross profit
Operating expenses:
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Total operating expenses
Income (loss) from operations
Other income (expense), net:
Interest expense
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
Interest income and other
Total other income (expense), net
Income (loss) before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net loss
100 %
41 %
59 %
16 %
30 %
15 %
61 %
(2)%
(7)%
(2)%
1 %
(8)%
(10)%
— %
(10)%
100 %
41 %
59 %
14 %
29 %
15 %
58 %
1 %
(4)%
— %
2 %
(2)%
(1)%
— %
(1)%
Year-to-year comparisons between 2019 and 2018 have been omitted from this Form 10-K but may be found in “Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition” in Part II, Item 7 of our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, which specific discussion is
incorporated herein by reference.
Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
Revenue
Revenue
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$ Change
% Change
$434,908
$328,006
$106,902
33%
(in thousands, except percentages)
The increase in revenue for 2020 compared to 2019 was primarily attributable to our larger clients, driven by an increase in our sales and marketing
activities and our improved brand awareness.
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue
% of Revenue
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$ Change
% Change
(in thousands, except percentages)
$180,284
41%
$134,511
41%
$45,773
34%
The increase in cost of revenue for 2020 compared to 2019 was primarily due to a $11.6 million increase in personnel costs, including stock-based
compensation costs, driven mainly by increased headcount and a higher fair value of employee equity awards due primarily to our increased stock price, a
$10.2 million increase in depreciation and data center costs driven by increased capital expenditures to support our growing capacity needs and continuing
expansion of our existing data center facilities, a $6.8 million increase in third-party hosted software costs driven by increased client activities, a $6.0
million increase in amortization expense due to the acquisitions of Virtual Observer
57
Table of Contents
in April 2020 and Inference in November 2020 and the acquisition of certain intangible assets from Whendu in November 2019, a $4.5 million increase in
USF contributions and other federal telecommunication service fees due primarily to increased client usage and an increase in the USF contribution rate,
and a $1.9 million increase in office, facilities and related costs.
Gross Profit
Gross profit
% of Revenue
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$ Change
% Change
(in thousands, except percentages)
$254,624
59%
$193,495
59%
$61,129
32%
The increase in gross profit for 2020 compared to 2019 was primarily due to increases in subscription and related revenues. Gross margin for 2020
was flat compared to 2019.
Operating Expenses
Research and Development
Research and development
% of Revenue
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$ Change
% Change
(in thousands, except percentages)
$68,747
16%
$45,190
14%
$23,557
52%
The increase in research and development expenses for 2020 compared to 2019 was primarily due to a $18.6 million increase in personnel-related
costs including stock-based compensation costs, driven mainly by increased headcount and a higher fair value of employee equity awards due primarily to
our increased stock price.
Sales and Marketing
Sales and marketing
% of Revenue
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$ Change
% Change
(in thousands, except percentages)
$132,413
30%
$95,592
29%
$36,821
39%
The increase in sales and marketing expenses for 2020 compared to 2019 was primarily due to a $25.5 million increase in personnel-related costs,
including stock-based compensation costs driven mainly by increased headcount and higher fair value of equity awards due primarily to our increased stock
price, a $6.7 million increase in sales commission expenses driven by the growth in sales and bookings of our solution, and a $1.8 million increase in
facilities and related costs. The remaining net increase in sales and marketing expenses was primarily due to the execution of our growth strategy to acquire
new clients, increase the number of agent seats within our existing client base, and increased advertising and other marketing expenses to increase our
brand awareness.
General and Administrative
General and administrative
% of Revenue
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$ Change
% Change
(in thousands, except percentages)
$65,769
15%
$49,446
15%
$16,323
33%
The increase in general and administrative expenses for 2020 compared to 2019 was primarily due to a $11.6 million increase in personnel-related
costs including stock-based compensation costs, driven mainly by increased headcount and a higher fair value of equity awards due primarily to our
increased stock price, and a $5.0 million increase in legal and other professional service costs mainly related to our acquisitions.
58
Table of Contents
Other Income (Expense), Net
Interest expense
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
Interest income and other
Total other income (expense), net
% of Revenue
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$ Change
% Change
(in thousands, except percentages)
$
$
(28,348)
(6,964)
3,034
(32,278)
$
$
(13,794)
—
6,079
(7,715)
$
$
(7)%
(2)%
(14,554)
(6,964)
(3,045)
(24,563)
(106)%
(100)%
50 %
(318)%
The increase in interest expense for 2020 compared to 2019 was primarily due to increased interest expense under our 2025 convertible senior notes
issued in May and June 2020, offset in part by the decrease in interest expense as a result of the 2023 Note Repurchase Transactions and other 2023
convertible senior note settlements, which decreased the aggregate outstanding principal amount of our 2023 convertible senior notes. The $7.0 million of
loss was from the early extinguishment of our 2023 convertible senior notes during 2020. The decrease in interest income and other for 2020 compared to
2019 was primarily from lower interest income on our marketable investments.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
To date, we have financed our operations, primarily through sales of our solution, lease facilities and net proceeds from our equity and debt
financings, including the issuance of our 2025 convertible senior notes in May and June 2020 and of our 2023 convertible senior notes in May 2018. As of
December 31, 2020, we had $585.6 million in working capital, which included $220.4 million in cash and cash equivalents, $383.2 million in short-term
marketable investments and $42.1 million in long-term marketable investments.
In May and June 2020, we issued $747.5 million aggregate principal amount of our 2025 convertible senior notes in a private offering. The 2025
convertible senior notes mature on June 1, 2025 and are our senior unsecured obligations. The 2025 convertible senior notes bear interest at a fixed rate of
0.50% per annum, payable semiannually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning December 1, 2020. The total net proceeds from the
offering, after deducting initial purchasers’ discounts and commissions and estimated debt issuance costs, were approximately $728.8 million. In May
2018, we issued $258.8 million aggregate principal amount of our 2023 convertible senior notes in a private offering. The 2023 convertible senior notes
mature on May 1, 2023 and are our senior unsecured obligations. The 2023 convertible senior notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 0.125% per annum,
payable semiannually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year. The total net proceeds from the offering, after deducting the initial purchasers’
discounts and estimated debt issuance costs, were approximately $250.8 million. As of December 31, 2020, after giving effect to the 2023 Note Repurchase
Transactions and other settlements upon conversion requests, approximately $58.9 million aggregate principal amount of 2023 convertible senior notes
remained outstanding. For additional information regarding the convertible senior notes and related transactions, see Note 6 to the consolidated financial
statements included in this report.
We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs for at least the next 12
months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our growth rate, continuing market acceptance of our solution, client
retention, our ability to gain new clients, the timing and extent of spending to support research and development efforts, the outcome of any pending or
future litigation or other claims by third parties or governmental entities, the expansion of sales and marketing activities and personnel, the introduction of
new and enhanced offerings, and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on these or other factors. We may also acquire or invest in complementary
businesses, technologies and intellectual property rights, which may increase our use of cash and future capital requirements, either to pay acquisition costs
or to support our combined operations. We may raise additional capital through equity or engage in debt financings at any time to fund these or other
requirements. However, we may not be able to raise additional capital through equity or debt financings when needed on terms acceptable to us or at all,
depending on our financial performance, market conditions and other factors, including the length and severity of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic
on general economic conditions and potential future impacts on the financial markets. If we are unable to raise additional capital as needed, our business,
operating results and financial condition could be harmed. In addition, if our
59
Table of Contents
operating performance during the next twelve months is below our expectations, our liquidity and ability to operate our business also could be harmed.
If we raise additional funds by issuing equity or equity-linked securities, the ownership of our existing stockholders would be diluted. If we raise
additional funds through the incurrence of additional indebtedness, we will be subject to increased debt service obligations and could also be subject to
restrictive covenants and other operating restrictions that could negatively impact our ability to operate our business.
Cash Flows
The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented (in thousands):
Net cash provided by operating activities
Net cash used in investing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
67,302
(382,330)
457,424
142,396
$
$
51,221
(63,631)
8,474
(3,936)
Year-to-year comparisons between 2019 and 2018 have been omitted from this Form 10-K but may be found in “Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition” in Part II, Item 7 of our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, which specific discussion is
incorporated herein by reference.
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Cash provided by operating activities is primarily influenced by our personnel-related expenditures, data center and telecommunications carrier costs,
office and facility related costs, USF contributions and other regulatory costs and the amount and timing of client payments. If we continue to improve our
financial results, we expect net cash provided by operating activities to increase. Our largest source of operating cash inflows is cash collections from our
clients for subscription and related usage services. Payments from clients for these services are typically received monthly.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $67.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2020. Net cash provided by operating activities
resulted from our net loss of $42.1 million adjusted for non-cash items of $128.8 million, primarily consisting of $64.7 million of stock-based
compensation, $25.7 million of amortization of discount and issuance costs on our convertible senior notes, $25.1 million of depreciation and amortization
and $7.0 million of loss from the early extinguishment of our 2023 convertible senior notes, offset by use of cash for operating assets and liabilities of
$19.4 million primarily due to the timing of cash payments to vendors and cash receipts from customers.
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities of $382.3 million in 2020 was comprised of $620.9 million related to purchases of marketable investments,
$165.3 million, net of cash acquired, in connection with the acquisitions of Inference and Virtual Observer, and $30.4 million in capital expenditures, offset
in part by $434.5 million related to cash proceeds from maturities of marketable investments.
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities of $457.4 million in 2020 related to net cash proceeds of $728.8 million from the issuance of the 2025
convertible senior notes, net of initial purchasers' discounts and commissions and estimated debt issuance costs, cash proceeds of $11.7 million from
exercise of stock options, and $11.5 million from the sale of common stock under our employee stock purchase plan, partially offset by $181.5 million of
cash paid in connection with the 2023 Note Repurchase Transactions, $18.9 million of cash paid in connection with other 2023 convertible senior note
settlements, $90.5 million of cash paid in connection with the 2025 Capped Call Transactions and $3.7 million of payments related to finance leases.
60
Table of Contents
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures. On an ongoing basis, we
evaluate our estimates and assumptions. Our actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognized when control of the promised services is transferred to customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration that we expect
to receive in exchange for those services. We generate all of our revenue from contracts with customers. In contracts with multiple performance obligations,
we identify each performance obligation and evaluate whether the performance obligations are distinct within the context of the contract at contract
inception. Performance obligations that are not distinct at contract inception are combined. We allocate the transaction price to each distinct performance
obligation proportionately based on the estimated standalone selling price for each performance obligation. We then look to how services are transferred to
the customer in order to determine the timing of revenue recognition. Most services provided under our agreements result in the transfer of control over
time.
Our revenue consists of subscription services and related usage as well as professional services. We charge clients subscription fees, usually billed
on a monthly basis, for access to our VCC solution. The subscription fees are primarily based on the number of agent seats, as well as the specific VCC
functionalities and applications deployed by the client. Agent seats are defined as the maximum number of named agents allowed to concurrently access
the VCC cloud platform. Clients typically have more named agents than agent seats. Multiple named agents may use an agent seat, though not
simultaneously. Substantially all of our clients purchase both subscriptions and related telephony usage. A small percentage of our clients subscribe to our
platform but purchase telephony usage directly from a wholesale telecommunications service provider. We do not sell telephony usage on a stand-alone
basis to any client. The related usage fees are based on the volume of minutes used for inbound and outbound client interactions. Revenue generated from
telephony usage is presented in revenue and cost of sales on a gross basis, as we are the party that controls the service and are responsible for fulfilling the
promise to provide the call service by diverting the calls to selected carriers. We also offer bundled plans, generally for smaller deployments, whereby the
client is charged a single monthly fixed fee per agent seat that includes both subscription and unlimited usage in the contiguous 48 states and, in some
cases, Canada. Professional services revenue is derived primarily from VCC implementations, including application configuration, system integration,
optimization, education and training services. Clients are not permitted to take possession of our software.
We offer monthly, annual and multiple-year contracts to our clients, generally with 30 days’ notice required for reductions in the number of agent
seats. Increases in the number of agent seats can be provisioned almost immediately. Our clients, therefore, are able to adjust the number of agent seats
used to meet their changing contact center volume needs. Our larger clients typically choose annual contracts, which generally include an implementation
and ramp period of several months. Fixed subscription fees, including bundled plans, are generally billed monthly in advance, while related usage fees are
billed in arrears. Support activities include technical assistance for our solution and upgrades and enhancements to our VCC cloud platform on a when-and-
if-available basis, which are not billed separately.
Professional services are primarily billed on a fixed-fee basis and are performed by us directly or, alternatively, clients may also choose to perform
these services themselves or engage their own third-party service providers. Revenue for professional services is recognized over time, as services are
performed.
The estimation of variable consideration for each performance obligation requires us to make subjective judgments. In the early stages of our larger
contracts, in order to allocate the overall transaction fee on a relative stand-alone selling price basis to our multiple performance obligations, we estimate
variable consideration to be included in the transaction fee to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue
recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved. When services are included in the
contract with the customer and are not sold at their stand-alone selling price, this requires us to estimate the number of seats the customer will use,
especially during the initial ramp period of the contract, during which we bill under an ‘actual usage’ model for subscription-related services.
61
Table of Contents
We recognize revenue on fixed fee professional services performance obligations based on the proportion of labor hours expended compared to the
total hours expected to complete the related performance obligation.
The revenue recognition standards include guidance relating to any tax assessed by a governmental authority that is directly imposed on a revenue-
producing transaction between a seller and a customer and may include, but is not limited to, sales, use, value added and excise taxes. We record USF
contributions and other regulatory costs on a gross basis in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss and record surcharges and
sales, use and excise taxes billed to our clients on a net basis. The cost of gross USF contributions payable to the USAC and suppliers is presented as a cost
of revenue in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.
Business Combinations, Goodwill, and Acquisition-Related Intangible Assets
Accounting for business combinations requires us to make significant estimates and assumptions. We allocate the purchase consideration to the
tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair value at the acquisition dates, with the excess recorded to
goodwill. Critical estimates in valuing certain intangible assets include, but are not limited to, future expected cash flows, expected asset lives, royalty
rates, and discount rates. The amounts and useful lives assigned to acquisition-related intangible assets impact the amount and timing of future amortization
expense.
We use estimates, assumptions, and judgments when performing a goodwill impairment test or assessing the recoverability of acquisition-related
finite-lived intangible assets. We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis in the fourth quarter and more frequently if a significant event or
circumstance indicates impairment, and assess the recoverability of acquisition-related intangible assets whenever events or circumstances indicate that the
carrying amounts of such assets may not be recoverable. We also evaluate the estimated remaining useful lives of acquisition-related intangible assets for
changes in circumstances that warrant a revision to the remaining periods of amortization.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Refer to Note 1 in Item 8 of this Form 10-K for information related to recent accounting pronouncements.
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
As of December 31, 2020, we did not have any off balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of SEC Regulation S-K, such as the
use of unconsolidated subsidiaries, structured finance, special purpose entities or variable interest entities.
Contractual Obligations
Commitments
Our principal contractual obligations consist of future payment obligations under our convertible senior notes, finance leases to finance data centers
and other computer and networking equipment, operating leases for office facilities, and agreements with third parties to provide co-location hosting,
telecommunication usage and equipment maintenance services.
62
Table of Contents
The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2020 (in thousands).
Payment Due by Period
(1)
(2)
(3)
Convertible senior notes
Finance lease obligations
Operating lease obligations
Operating lease not yet commenced
Cloud services
Hosting services
Telecommunication usage
(7)
Equipment maintenance
(4)
(5)
(6)
(3)
$
$
Total
806,367
628
9,800
46,387
11,400
1,975
5,372
25
Total
$
881,954
$
Less Than
1 Year
1-3 Years
3-5 Years
More than
5 Years
—
628
4,138
1,094
7,000
792
3,304
25
16,981
$
$
58,867
—
4,986
8,955
4,400
1,183
2,017
—
80,408
$
$
747,500
—
676
11,965
—
—
51
—
$
760,192
$
—
—
—
24,373
—
—
—
—
24,373
(1) Represents the outstanding principal balance under our 2025 convertible seniors and our 2023 convertible senior notes. See Note 6 to the consolidated
financial statements for more information.
(2) Represents financing of computer and networking equipment and software purchases for our co-location data centers.
(3) Represents our obligations to make payments under the lease agreements for our office facilities and office equipment leases. The operating lease not
yet commenced relates to our Bishop Ranch Building Lease, or the Bishop Ranch Lease, that we entered into on July 29, 2020, which commenced on
February 1, 2021.
(4) Represents a three-year cloud services agreement that grants us a license to access and use certain cloud services.
(5) Represents guaranteed minimum payments for co-location facilities and services.
(6) Represents guaranteed minimum payments for telecommunication services.
(7) Represents our payment obligations under maintenance services contracts for certain data center equipment.
The contractual commitment amounts in the table above are associated with agreements that are enforceable and legally binding. Obligations under
contracts that we can cancel without a significant penalty are not included in the table above.
Indemnification Agreements
In the ordinary course of business, we enter into agreements of varying scope and terms pursuant to which we agree to indemnify clients, vendors,
lessors, business partners and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of breach of such agreements,
services to be provided by us or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In addition, we have entered into indemnification
agreements with our directors, officers and certain employees that will require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may
arise by reason of their status or service as directors, officers or employees. Other than as described below, there are no claims that we are aware of that
could have a material effect on our consolidated balance sheet, consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss, or consolidated statements of
cash flows.
Contingencies — Legal and Regulatory
We are subject to certain legal and regulatory proceedings, and from time to time may be involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations, and
proceedings relating to contractual disputes, intellectual property rights, employment matters, regulatory compliance matters, and other litigation matters
relating to various claims that arise in the normal course of business. We determine whether an estimated loss from a contingency should be accrued by
assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. We assess our potential liability by analyzing specific litigation and
regulatory matters using reasonably available information. We develop our views on estimated losses in consultation with inside and outside counsel, which
involves a subjective analysis of potential results and outcomes, assuming various combinations of appropriate litigation and settlement strategies. Legal
fees
63
Table of Contents
are expensed in the period in which they are incurred. See Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements for more details.
ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk
We are exposed to market risk in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position
due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of fluctuations in interest rates and foreign
currency exchange rates. We do not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes.
Interest Rate Sensitivity
We had cash and cash equivalents, and marketable securities (short and long-term) totaling $645.7 million as of December 31, 2020. Cash
equivalents and marketable securities were invested primarily in U.S. agency securities, U.S. treasury, municipal bonds, commercial paper, corporate
bonds, certificates of deposit and money market funds. Our investment policy is focused on the preservation of capital and supporting our liquidity needs.
Under the policy, we invest in highly rated securities, while limiting the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer other than the U.S. government. We do
not invest in financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes, nor do we use leveraged financial instruments. We utilize external investment
managers who adhere to the guidelines of our investment policy. A hypothetical 100 basis point change in interest rates would not have a material impact
on the value of our cash and cash equivalents or marketable investments.
As of December 31, 2020, aggregate principal amount outstanding of our 2025 convertible senior notes and 2023 convertible senior notes was $747.5
million and $58.9 million, respectively. The fair value of the convertible senior notes are subject to interest rate risk, market risk and other factors due to
their conversion features. The fair values of the convertible senior notes will generally increase as our common stock price increases and will generally
decrease as our common stock price declines. The interest and market value changes affect the fair values of the convertible senior notes but do not impact
our financial position, cash flows or results of operations due to the fixed nature of the debt obligations. Additionally, we carry the convertible senior notes
at face value less unamortized discount on our consolidated balance sheets, and we present the fair value for required disclosure purposes only.
Our convertible senior notes bear fixed interest rates, and therefore, are not subject to interest rate risk. We have not utilized derivative financial
instruments, derivative commodity instruments or other market risk sensitive instruments, positions or transactions in any material fashion, except for the
privately negotiated capped call transactions entered into in May and June 2020 and May 2018 related to the issuance of our 2025 convertible senior notes
and our 2023 convertible senior notes, respectively.
Foreign Currency Risk
The functional currency of our foreign subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Our sales are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars and, therefore, our revenue
is not directly subject to foreign currency risk. However, we are indirectly exposed to foreign currency risk. A stronger U.S. dollar could make our solution
more expensive in foreign countries and therefore reduce demand. A weaker U.S. dollar could have the opposite effect. Such economic exposure to
currency fluctuations is difficult to measure or predict because our sales are influenced by many factors in addition to the impact of currency fluctuations.
Our operating expenses are generally denominated in the currencies of the countries in which our operations are located, except for Russia where
compensation of our employees is primarily denominated in the U.S. dollar. Our consolidated results of operations and cash flows are, therefore, subject to
fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and may be adversely affected in the future due to changes in foreign exchange rates. To
date, we have not entered into any hedging arrangements with respect to foreign currency risk or other derivative financial instruments. During the year
ended December 31, 2020, the effect of a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates applicable to our business would have a maximum
impact of $1.8 million on our operating results.
64
Table of Contents
ITEM 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
65
66
69
70
71
72
73
Table of Contents
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
Five9, Inc.:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Opinions on the Consolidated Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Five9, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the
related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period
ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). We also have audited the Company’s internal control
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria, established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of
December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2020, in
conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020 based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
Change in Accounting Principle
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for leases as of January 1, 2019, due to
the adoption of FASB ASC Topic 842, Leases.
Basis for Opinions
The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting,
and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial
statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with
the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance
with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective
internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis,
evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal
control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness
exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing
such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
66
Table of Contents
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control
over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are
being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated
financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not
alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below,
providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
Evaluation of the sufficiency of audit evidence over revenues from subscription services and related usage
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company charges its clients subscription fees, usually billed on a monthly
basis, for access to the Company’s Virtual Contact Center (“VCC”) cloud platform. The subscription fees are primarily based on the number of
agent seats as well as the specific VCC functionalities and applications deployed by the client. Agent seats are defined as the maximum number of
named agents allowed to concurrently access the VCC cloud platform. Substantially all of the Company’s clients purchase both subscriptions and
related telephony usage. The related telephony usage fees are generally based on the volume of minutes used for inbound and outbound client
interactions. There are high volumes of subscription and related usage transactions processed across multiple information technology (“IT”)
systems.
We identified the evaluation of the sufficiency of audit evidence over subscription services and related usage as a critical audit matter. Revenues
from subscription services and related usage involve a high volume of automated transactions dependent on the Company’s IT systems. Therefore,
our audit procedures required the involvement of IT professionals and auditor judgment was required to determine the nature and extent of audit
evidence obtained and evaluate the results of the procedures.
The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We involved IT professionals with specialized skills
and knowledge, who assisted in evaluating the design and testing the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls over the Company’s
revenue process. This included controls over the capture and flow of subscription and related usage transactional information through the
Company’s IT systems. We placed test calls and observed that call attributes such as duration and type of service were captured in the relevant IT
systems. On a sample basis, we tested the Company’s monthly client billing activity by comparing the client’s billed agent seats or minutes to the
quantities and service type provided as evidenced in the relevant IT systems. For each billing sample tested, we also compared the agent seats,
service types and rates for consistency with underlying documentation, including client contracts. We evaluated the sufficiency of audit evidence
obtained by assessing the results of procedures performed, including the appropriateness of the nature and extent of such evidence over revenue
for subscription services and related usage.
Valuation of acquired technology intangible assets acquired through business combinations
67
Table of Contents
As discussed in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements, during the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company consummated two
business combinations for total consideration of $188.9 million. The preliminary fair values allocated to the acquired technology assets totaled
$40.8 million.
We identified the valuation of the preliminary fair values allocated to acquired technology intangible assets as a critical audit matter. We
performed sensitivity analyses to determine the significant assumptions used to value the acquired technology intangible assets, individually and
in the aggregate. The fair value of these acquired technology intangible assets were sensitive to variation in the key assumptions including
forecasted revenue growth rates and technology obsolescence, requiring a high degree of auditor judgment and the use of valuation professionals
with specialized skills and knowledge.
The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating
effectiveness of certain internal controls over the Company’s acquisition-date valuation processes, including controls related to the development of
the key assumptions related to forecasted revenue growth rates and technology obsolescence. We evaluated the reasonableness of the Company’s
forecasted revenue growth rates and technology obsolescence by comparing them to historical actual results of the acquired entities and certain
peer and market participant data. We involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in:
• evaluating certain peer group and market participant data used in the assessment of forecasted revenue growth rates, by assessing the
appropriateness of the guideline comparable companies identified by management’s specialist and recalculating certain peer group and market
participant data
• assessing the reasonableness of the technology obsolescence by comparing to certain public companies.
/s/ KPMG LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2012.
San Francisco, California
February 26, 2021
68
FIVE9, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except per share data)
December 31,
2020
2019
Table of Contents
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Marketable investments
Accounts receivable, net
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Deferred contract acquisition costs
Total current assets
Property and equipment, net
Operating lease right-of-use assets
Intangible assets, net
Goodwill
Marketable investments
Other assets
Deferred contract acquisition costs — less current portion
Total assets
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
Accrued and other current liabilities
Operating lease liabilities
Accrued federal fees
Sales tax liabilities
Finance lease liabilities
Deferred revenue
Total current liabilities
Convertible senior notes
Sales tax liabilities — less current portion
Operating lease liabilities — less current portion
Finance lease liabilities — less current portion
Other long-term liabilities
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 5,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding as of December 31,
2020 and 2019
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 450,000 shares authorized, 66,496 shares and 61,544 shares issued and
outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Treasury stock, at cost; 16 shares held as of December 31, 2020 and no shares held as of December 31, 2019
Accumulated other comprehensive income
Accumulated deficit
Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
69
$
$
$
$
220,372
383,171
48,731
16,149
20,695
689,118
51,213
9,010
51,684
165,420
42,127
3,236
51,934
1,063,742
17,145
44,450
3,912
3,745
1,714
612
31,983
103,561
643,316
857
5,379
—
31,465
784,578
—
67
474,678
2,263
335
(198,179)
279,164
1,063,742
$
$
$
$
77,976
241,973
37,655
10,656
13,014
381,274
33,190
8,746
15,533
11,798
—
1,184
30,655
482,380
10,156
18,385
5,064
2,303
1,885
3,518
24,681
65,992
209,604
838
4,329
809
4,350
285,922
—
61
351,870
—
576
(156,049)
196,458
482,380
Table of Contents
FIVE9, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(In thousands, except per share data)
Revenue
Cost of revenue
Gross profit
Operating expenses:
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Total operating expenses
Income (loss) from operations
Other income (expense), net:
Interest expense
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
Interest income and other
Total other income (expense), net
Income (loss) before income taxes
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
Net loss
Net loss per share:
Basic and diluted
Shares used in computing net loss per share:
Basic and diluted
Comprehensive Loss:
Net Loss
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Comprehensive loss
2020
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
$
$
$
$
$
434,908
180,284
254,624
68,747
132,413
65,769
266,929
(12,305)
(28,348)
(6,964)
3,034
(32,278)
(44,583)
(2,453)
(42,130)
(0.66)
64,154
(42,130)
(241)
(42,371)
$
$
$
$
$
328,006
134,511
193,495
45,190
95,592
49,446
190,228
3,267
(13,794)
—
6,079
(7,715)
(4,448)
104
(4,552)
(0.08)
60,371
(4,552)
669
(3,883)
$
$
$
$
$
257,664
104,034
153,630
34,172
72,001
40,448
146,621
7,009
(10,245)
—
3,315
(6,930)
79
300
(221)
—
58,076
(221)
(93)
(314)
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
70
Table of Contents
FIVE9, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands)
Common Stock
Amount
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Treasury Stock
Shares
Amount
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
57 $ 222,202
— $
— $
— $
Balance as of December 31, 2017
Net reduction to opening accumulated deficit due
to adoption of ASC 606(1)
Equity component of issuance of convertible
senior notes
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock
options and warrants
Issuance of common stock upon vesting of
restricted stock units
Issuance of common stock under ESPP
Stock-based compensation
Shares held for tax withholdings
Other comprehensive loss
Net loss
Balance as of December 31, 2018
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock
options
Issuance of common stock upon vesting of
restricted stock units
Issuance of common stock under ESPP
Stock-based compensation
Other comprehensive income
Net loss
Balance as of December 31, 2019
Equity component of issuance of the 2025
convertible senior notes, net of issuance costs
Purchase of capped calls related to the 2025
convertible senior notes
Equity component from conversion of the 2023
convertible senior notes
Issuance of common stock upon partial
conversion of the 2023 convertible senior notes
Partial unwind of capped calls related to the 2023
convertible senior notes
Fair value of Inference assumed unvested stock
options for services completed prior to the
acquisition
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock
options
Issuance of common stock upon vesting of
restricted stock units
Issuance of common stock under ESPP
Stock-based compensation
Other comprehensive loss
Net loss
Balance as of December 31, 2020
Shares
56,632 $
—
—
1,285
1,047
246
—
—
—
—
59,210
932
1,204
198
—
—
—
61,544
—
—
—
—
—
1
1
—
—
—
—
—
59
1
1
—
—
—
—
61
—
—
—
30,346
7,778
(1)
5,730
28,484
(260)
—
—
294,279
7,704
(1)
7,823
42,065
—
—
351,870
154,363
(90,448)
—
(338,855)
3,015
3
309,686
—
—
558
1,210
169
—
—
—
66,496 $
—
—
1
—
192
11,655
(1)
1
11,469
1
64,747
—
—
—
—
—
67 $ 474,678
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(93)
—
(93)
—
—
—
—
669
—
576
—
—
—
—
—
—
Accumulated
Deficit
(175,421) $
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
46,838
24,145
24,145
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(221)
(151,497)
30,346
7,779
—
5,730
28,484
(260)
(93)
(221)
142,748
—
7,705
—
—
—
—
(4,552)
(156,049)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
7,823
42,065
669
(4,552)
196,458
154,363
(90,448)
(338,855)
309,689
2,263
192
11,656
—
11,470
64,747
(241)
(42,130)
279,164
—
—
—
(241)
—
335 $
—
—
—
—
(42,130)
(198,179) $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
16
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
16 $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2,263
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2,263 $
(1) Effective January 2018, the Company adopted ASU 2014-09 - Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Topic 606. Accordingly, the Company recorded a net reduction
to opening accumulated deficit of $24.1 million as of January 1, 2018 due to the cumulative impact of adopting the new standard. See Note 1 for more information.
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
71
Table of Contents
FIVE9, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Amortization of operating lease right-of-use assets
Amortization of premium on marketable investments
Provision for doubtful accounts
Stock-based compensation
Amortization of discount and issuance costs on convertible senior notes
Gain on sale of convertible note held for investment
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
Deferred taxes
Tax benefit of valuation allowance associated with an acquisition
Other
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Deferred contract acquisition costs
Other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued and other current liabilities
Accrued federal fees and sales tax liability
Deferred revenue
Other liabilities
Net cash provided by operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of marketable investments
Proceeds from maturities of marketable investments
Purchases of property and equipment
Cash paid to acquire Inference and Virtual Observer
Cash paid to acquire substantially all of the assets of Whendu
Proceeds from sale of convertible note held for investment
Net cash used in investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of convertible senior notes
Payments for capped call transactions
Repurchase of a portion of 2023 convertible senior notes, net of costs
Proceeds from exercise of common stock options
Proceeds from sale of common stock under ESPP
Payments of employee taxes related to vested common stock
Repayments on revolving line of credit
Repayments of notes payable
Payments of finance leases
Net cash provided by financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents:
Beginning of year
End of year
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow data:
Cash paid for interest
Cash paid for income taxes
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Equipment obtained under finance lease
Equipment purchased and unpaid at period-end
Capitalization of leasehold improvement through non-cash lease incentive
Acquisition and related transaction costs accrued at period-end
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
2018
$
(42,130)
$
(4,552)
$
(221)
25,087
5,687
3,090
754
64,747
25,738
—
6,964
(178)
(2,910)
(147)
(9,958)
(5,313)
(28,959)
(1,911)
6,181
9,374
1,302
7,971
1,913
67,302
(620,948)
434,478
(30,422)
(165,338)
(100)
—
(382,330)
728,812
(90,448)
(200,350)
11,656
11,469
—
—
—
(3,715)
457,424
142,396
77,976
220,372
2,324
293
—
8,114
—
586
$
$
$
14,374
4,735
(1,108)
90
42,065
12,788
(217)
—
—
—
448
(12,935)
(2,671)
(12,783)
(348)
2,549
(544)
1,010
8,695
(375)
51,221
(359,470)
328,740
(19,228)
—
(13,890)
217
(63,631)
—
—
—
7,705
7,823
—
—
—
(7,054)
8,474
(3,936)
81,912
77,976
1,029
281
—
2,890
79
1,895
$
$
$
10,274
—
(670)
90
28,484
7,881
(312)
—
—
—
160
(5,829)
(2,806)
(7,748)
193
2,418
1,865
495
3,956
392
38,622
(220,704)
11,293
(9,261)
—
—
1,923
(216,749)
250,711
(31,412)
—
7,779
5,730
(260)
(32,594)
(318)
(8,544)
191,092
12,965
68,947
81,912
2,288
159
5,142
1,583
—
—
$
$
$
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
72
Table of Contents
FIVE9, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Five9, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (the “Company”) is a provider of cloud software for contact centers. The Company was incorporated in
Delaware in 2001 and is headquartered in San Ramon, California. The Company has offices in Europe, Asia and Australia, which primarily provide
research, development, sales, marketing, and client support services.
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United
States (“GAAP”) and applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regarding annual financial reporting. All
intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect
the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the
reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The significant estimates made by management affect revenue and related reserves,
as well as the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed through business combinations. Management periodically evaluates such estimates and
they are adjusted prospectively based upon such periodic evaluation. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Foreign Currency
The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. For these subsidiaries, the monetary assets and liabilities are re-
measured into U.S. dollars at the current exchange rate as of the balance sheet date, and all non-monetary assets and liabilities are re-measured into U.S.
dollars at historical exchange rates. Revenues are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars. Expenses are converted using average rates in effect on a monthly
basis. Exchange gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions were not significant in any period and are reported in “Other income
(expense), net” in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company’s cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase. The
Company’s cash equivalents consist of investments in money market funds, U.S. treasury securities, U.S. agency securities and commercial paper.
Marketable Investments
The Company’s marketable investments consist of U.S agency securities and government sponsored securities, U.S. treasury securities, certificates of
deposit, municipal bonds, corporate bonds and commercial paper. The Company determines the appropriate classification of its investments in marketable
investments at the time of purchase and re-evaluates such designation at each balance sheet date. The Company’s marketable investments have been
classified and accounted for as available-for-sale. Marketable investments are carried at fair value.
Concentration Risks
Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk, consist primarily of cash and cash
equivalents, marketable investments and accounts receivable. A significant portion of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents is held at three large
reputable financial institutions. Total cash and cash equivalents in excess of insured limits were $218.3 million and $77.6 million as of December 31, 2020
and 2019, respectively. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.
73
Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, no single client represented more than 10% of accounts receivable. For the years ended December 31, 2020,
2019 and 2018, no single client represented more than 10% of revenue.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
The Company's adoption of ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial
Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”), on January 1, 2020 required it to shift from an incurred loss impairment model to an expected credit loss model, which
requires it to consider historical loss rates and expectations of forward-looking losses to estimate its allowance for doubtful accounts on its trade accounts
receivables, unbilled accounts receivables and contract assets. The adoption of this new standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial
position, operating results or cash flows.
The following table presents the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts (in thousands):
Balance, beginning of period
Add: bad debt expense
Less: write-offs, net of recoveries
Balance, end of period
Property and Equipment, Net
2020
2019
2018
Year Ended December 31,
$
$
11
754
(638)
127
$
$
12
90
(91)
11
$
$
33
90
(111)
12
Property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization, and is depreciated using the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:
Asset Category
Computer and network equipment
Computer software
Development costs
Furniture and fixtures
Leasehold improvements
Estimated Useful Lives
3 to 5 years
3 years
1 to 5 years
7 years
Shorter of useful life or lease term
Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, and improvements and betterments are capitalized. When assets are retired or otherwise
disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the consolidated balance sheet and any resulting gain or loss is
reflected in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss in the period realized.
The Company evaluates the recoverability of property and equipment for possible impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of such assets or asset groups may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is measured by a comparison of the carrying amounts
to the future undiscounted cash flows the assets or asset groups are expected to generate. If such evaluation indicates that the carrying amount of the assets
or asset groups is not recoverable, the carrying amount of such assets or asset groups is reduced to fair value. No impairment losses have been recognized
in any of the periods presented.
74
Table of Contents
Business Combinations
The Company uses its best estimates and assumptions to assign fair value to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of
the acquisition date. The Company’s estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. During the measurement period, which may be up to one
year from the acquisition date, the Company may record adjustments to the fair value to these tangible and intangible assets and liabilities assumed, with
the corresponding offset to goodwill. In addition, uncertain tax positions and tax-related valuation allowances are initially established in connection with a
business combination as of the acquisition date. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the fair value of assets acquired
or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to its consolidated statement of operations.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
The Company records goodwill when the consideration paid in a business combination exceeds the fair value of the net tangible assets and the
identified intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead is required to be tested for impairment annually and whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of goodwill may exceed its fair value.
The Company performs testing for impairment of goodwill in its fourth quarter, or as events occur or circumstances change that would more likely
than not reduce the fair value of the Company’s single reporting unit below its carrying amount. A qualitative assessment is first made to determine
whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test. This initial qualitative assessment includes, among other things, consideration
of: (i) market capitalization of the Company; (ii) past, current and projected future earnings and equity; (iii) recent trends and market conditions; and
(iv) valuation metrics involving similar companies that are publicly-traded and acquisitions of similar companies, if available. If this initial qualitative
assessment indicates that it is more likely than not that impairment exists, a second quantitative assessment will be performed, involving a comparison
between the estimated fair values of the Company’s single reporting unit with its respective carrying amount including goodwill. If the carrying value
exceeds estimated fair value, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess.
Intangible assets, consisting of acquired developed technology, domain names and customer relationships, are carried at cost less accumulated
amortization. All intangible assets have been determined to have definite lives and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated remaining
economic lives, ranging from three to six years. Amortization expense related to developed technology is included in cost of revenue. Amortization
expense related to customer relationships is included in sales and marketing expense. Amortization expense related to domain names is included in general
and administrative expense. Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate an asset’s carrying value
may not be recoverable.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognized when control of the promised services is transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that the
Company expects to receive in exchange for those services. The Company generates all of its revenue from contracts with customers. In contracts with
multiple performance obligations, it identifies each performance obligation and evaluates whether the performance obligations are distinct within the
context of the contract at contract inception. Performance obligations that are not distinct at contract inception are combined. The Company allocates the
transaction price to each distinct performance obligation proportionately based on the estimated standalone selling price for each performance obligation.
The Company then looks to how services are transferred to the customer in order to determine the timing of revenue recognition. Most services provided
under the Company’s agreements result in the transfer of control over time.
The Company’s revenue consists of subscription services and related usage as well as professional services. The Company charges clients
subscription fees, usually billed on a monthly basis, for access to the Company’s VCC solution. The subscription fees are primarily based on the number of
agent seats, as well as the specific VCC functionalities and applications deployed by the client. Agent seats are defined as the maximum number of named
agents allowed to concurrently access the VCC cloud platform. Clients typically have more named agents than agent seats. Multiple named agents may use
an agent seat, though not simultaneously. Substantially all of the Company’s clients purchase both subscriptions and related telephony usage. A small
percentage of the Company’s clients subscribe to its platform but purchase telephony usage directly from a wholesale telecommunications service provider.
The Company does not sell telephony usage on a stand-alone basis to any client. The related usage fees are generally based on the volume of minutes used
for inbound and outbound client interactions. Revenue generated
75
Table of Contents
from telephony usage is presented in revenue and cost of sales on a gross basis, as the Company is the party that controls the service and is responsible for
fulfilling the promise to provide the call service by diverting the calls to selected carriers. The Company also offers bundled plans, generally for smaller
deployments, whereby the client is charged a single monthly fixed fee per agent seat that includes both subscription and unlimited usage in the contiguous
48 states and, in some cases, Canada. Professional services revenue is derived primarily from VCC implementations, including application configuration,
system integration, optimization, education and training services. Clients are not permitted to take possession of the Company’s software.
The Company offers monthly, annual and multiple-year contracts to its clients, generally with 30 days’ notice required for reductions in the number
of agent seats. Increases in the number of agent seats can be provisioned almost immediately. The Company’s clients, therefore, are able to adjust the
number of agent seats used to meet their changing contact center needs. The Company’s larger clients typically choose annual contracts, which generally
include an implementation and ramp period of several months. Fixed subscription fees, including bundled plans, are generally billed monthly in advance,
while related usage fees are billed in arrears. Support activities include technical assistance for the Company’s solution and upgrades and enhancements to
the VCC cloud platform on a when-and-if-available basis, which are not billed separately.
The Company generally requires advance deposits from its clients based on estimated usage when such usage is not billed as part of a bundled plan.
Any unused portion of the deposit is refundable to the client upon termination of the arrangement, provided all amounts due have been paid. All fees,
except usage deposits, are non-refundable.
Professional services are primarily billed on a fixed-fee basis. Revenue for professional services is recognized over time, as services are performed.
The estimation of variable consideration for each performance obligation requires the Company to make subjective judgments resulting in estimated
variable consideration that is included in the transaction fee. This is done to the extent that it is probable, in the Company’s judgment, that a significant
reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized under the contract will not occur. The Company estimates the variable consideration in order to
allocate the overall transaction fee on a relative stand-alone selling price basis to its multiple performance obligations. When services are included in the
contract with the customer and are not sold at their stand-alone selling price, this requires the Company to estimate the number of seats the customer will
use, especially during the initial ramp period of the contract, during which the Company bills under an ‘actual usage’ model for subscription-related
services.
The Company recognizes revenue on fixed fee professional services performance obligations based on the proportion of labor hours expended
compared to the total hours expected to complete the related performance obligation. The determination of the total labor hours expected to complete the
performance obligations involves judgment, which influences the initial stand-alone selling price estimate as well as the timing of professional services
revenue recognition, although this is typically resolved in a short time frame.
When a contract with a customer is signed, the Company assesses whether collection of the fees under the arrangement is probable. The Company
assesses collection based on a number of factors, including past transaction history and the creditworthiness of the client. The Company maintains a
revenue reserve for potential credits to be issued in accordance with service level agreements or for other revenue adjustments.
Deferred Revenue
Deferred revenue consists of billings or payments received from clients for subscription service, usage and professional services in advance of
revenue recognition and is recognized in accordance with the Company’s revenue recognition policy discussed above. The Company generally invoices its
clients monthly in advance for subscription services. Accordingly, the deferred revenue balance does not represent the total contract value of sales
arrangements.
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue consists primarily of personnel costs, including stock-based compensation, fees that the Company pays to telecommunications
providers for usage, USF contributions and other regulatory costs, depreciation and related expenses of the servers and equipment, costs to build out
and maintain co-location data centers, costs of public cloud-based data centers, allocated office and facility costs and amortization of acquired technology.
Personnel costs include those associated with support of the Company’s solution, clients and data center
76
Table of Contents
operations, as well as with providing professional services. Data center costs include costs to build out and setup, as well as co-location fees for the right to
place the Company’s servers in data centers owned by third parties.
Research and Development
Research and development expenses consist primarily of salary and related expenses, including stock-based compensation, for personnel related to
the development of improvements and expanded features for the Company’s services, as well as quality assurance, testing, product management and
allocated overhead. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred except for internal use software development costs that qualify for
capitalization. The Company reviews development costs incurred for internal-use software in the application development stage and assesses costs for
capitalization.
Advertising Costs
The Company primarily advertises its services through the internet and in conjunction with partners. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and
were $15.6 million, $13.4 million and $12.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Commissions
Commissions consist of variable compensation earned by sales personnel and referral fees the Company pays to third parties. The Company defers
all incremental commission costs to obtain the contract, and amortizes these costs over a period of benefit determined to be five years. Commission
expense was $21.9 million, $15.0 million and $10.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Stock-Based Compensation
All stock-based compensation granted to employees and non-employee directors is measured at the grant date fair value of the award. The Company
estimates the fair value of stock options and purchase rights under the Company’s Equity Incentive Plans and the 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
(“2014 ESPP Plan”), respectively, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of restricted stock awards is equal to the fair value of the
Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Compensation expense is recognized net of forfeitures using the straight-line method over the service
period, which is generally the vesting period.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated
future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective
tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to
be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in operations in the period that includes the
enactment date. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount of future tax benefit that is more likely than not
to be realized. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recorded a full valuation allowance against the U.S. net deferred tax assets because of its
history of operating losses in the United States. However, starting in 2020, the Company recorded net foreign deferred tax liabilities associated with its
U.K. and Australia operations totaling $4.4 million, which cannot reduce its U.S. valuation allowance. The Company classifies interest and penalties on
unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense.
Comprehensive loss
Comprehensive loss consists of net income (loss), unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale marketable investments and the effects of foreign
currency translation adjustments. The Company presents comprehensive loss as part of the consolidated statements of operations. The changes in the
accumulated balances of the components of other comprehensive income (loss) were not material for the periods presented.
Net Income (Loss) Per Share
Basic net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding
during the period, and excludes any dilutive effects of employee stock-based awards and warrants. Diluted net income (loss) per share is computed giving
effect to all potentially dilutive
77
Table of Contents
common shares, including common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options and warrants, vesting of restricted stock units and purchases under the
2014 ESPP Plan. In periods of net loss, all potentially issuable shares of common stock are excluded from the diluted net loss per share computation
because they are anti-dilutive. Therefore, basic and diluted net loss per share are the same for all years presented in the Company’s consolidated statements
of operations and comprehensive loss.
Indemnification
The Company, in the ordinary course of business, enters into agreements of varying scope and terms pursuant to which it agrees to indemnify clients,
vendors, lessors, business partners and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of breach of such
agreements, including breach of security, services to be provided by the Company or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties.
To date, the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnification provisions and the Company has not accrued any liabilities
related to such obligations in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.
Segment Information
The Company has determined that its Chief Executive Officer is its chief operating decision maker. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer reviews
financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of assessing performance and making decisions on how to allocate resources.
Accordingly, the Company has determined that it operates in a single reportable segment.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) and issued subsequent amendments to the initial guidance in 2017, 2018
and 2019 (collectively, “ASC 842”). Under the new guidance, a lessee is required to recognize assets and liabilities for both finance, previously known as
capital, and operating leases with lease terms of more than 12 months. ASC 842 also requires disclosures to help investors and other financial statement
users better understand the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. Lessor accounting remained largely unchanged from previous
GAAP. In transition, the Company was required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified
retrospective approach that included a number of optional practical expedients that the Company elected to apply. The Company adopted ASC 842 using
the modified retrospective method on January 1, 2019. The Company elected the available practical expedients, implemented internal controls, and a lease
accounting system to enable the preparation of financial information upon adoption. The adoption of ASC 842 resulted in the recognition of operating lease
liabilities of $8.4 million and operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets of the same amount. Existing deferred rent of $0.6 million was recorded as an
offset to ROU assets, resulting in net ROU assets of $7.8 million. The Company’s accounting for finance leases remained substantially unchanged. The
adoption of ASC 842 did not have any impact on the Company's operating results or cash flows.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s
Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract (“ASU 2018-15”), which clarifies the
accounting for implementation costs in cloud computing arrangements. The Company early adopted ASU 2018-15 prospectively on January 1, 2019 to
align the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalization costs
incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software and hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license. The adoption of ASU 2018-15
did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial
Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”), which requires measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held at amortized cost, including
trade receivables. ASU 2016-13 replaces the existing incurred loss impairment model with an expected loss model that requires the forward-looking
information to calculate credit loss estimates. It also eliminates the concept of other-than-temporary impairment and requires credit losses related to
available-for-sale debt securities to be recorded through an allowance for credit losses rather than as a reduction in the amortized cost basis of the
securities. These changes will result in more timely recognition of credit losses. The Company adopted ASU 2016-13 using the modified retrospective
method on January 1, 2020. The adoption of ASU 2016-13 did not have a material impact on the
78
Table of Contents
Company’s consolidated financial position, operating results or cash flows. See Notes 1 for further information on the impact of this adoption.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Effective
In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-06, Debt-Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and
Hedging-Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity ("ASU
2020-06"), which simplifies the accounting for convertible instruments by removing the separation models for (1) convertible debt with a cash conversion
feature and (2) convertible instruments with a beneficial conversion feature. As a result, a convertible debt instrument will be accounted for as a single
liability measured at its amortized cost. These changes will reduce reported interest expense and increase reported net income for entities that have issued a
convertible instrument that was bifurcated according to previously existing rules. ASU 2020-06 also requires the application of the if-converted method for
calculating diluted earnings per share and the treasury stock method will be no longer available. This standard will be effective for the Company’s fiscal
years beginning in the first quarter of 2022, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2020-
06 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASU 2019-12”),
which amends its guidance to simplify the accounting for income taxes by, among other provisions, removing exceptions to certain general principles in
Topic 740, Income Taxes. The standard will be effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of 2021, with early adoption permitted. The
Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2019-12 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
There are several other new accounting pronouncements issued by the FASB, which the Company will adopt. However, the Company does not
believe any of those accounting pronouncements will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, operating results or statements of cash
flows.
2. Revenue
Contract Balances
The following table provides information about accounts receivable, net, deferred contract acquisition costs, contract assets and contract liabilities
from contracts with customers (in thousands):
Accounts receivable, net
Deferred contract acquisition costs:
Current
Non-current
Total deferred contract acquisition costs
Contract assets and contract liabilities:
Contract assets (included in prepaid expenses and other current assets)
Contract liabilities (deferred revenue)
Contract liabilities (deferred revenue) (included in other long term liabilities)
Net contract assets (liabilities)
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
48,731 $
37,655
20,695 $
51,934
72,629 $
1,297 $
31,983
3,373
(34,059) $
13,014
30,655
43,669
825
24,681
1,550
(25,406)
$
$
$
$
$
The Company receives payments from customers based upon billing cycles. Invoice payment terms are usually 30 days or less. Accounts receivable
are recorded when the right to consideration becomes unconditional.
Deferred contract acquisition costs are recorded when incurred and are amortized over a customer benefit period of five years.
79
Table of Contents
The Company’s contract assets consist of unbilled amounts typically resulting from professional services revenue recognition when it exceeds the
total amounts billed to the customer. The Company’s contract liabilities consist of advance payments and billings in excess of revenue recognized.
In the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized revenue of $23.1 million related to its contract liabilities at December 31, 2019.
Remaining Performance Obligations
As of December 31, 2020, the aggregate amount of the total transaction price allocated in contracts with original duration of greater than one year to
the remaining performance obligations was $330.0 million. The Company expects to recognize revenue on approximately three-fourths of the remaining
performance obligation over the next 24 months, with the balance recognized thereafter. The Company has elected the optional exemption, which allows
for the exclusion of the amounts for remaining performance obligations that are part of contracts with an original expected duration of one year or less.
Such remaining performance obligations represent unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied performance obligations pursuant to ASC 606.
3. Investments and Fair Value Measurements
Marketable Investments
The Company’s marketable investments have been classified and accounted for as available-for-sale. The Company’s marketable investments as of
December 31, 2020 and 2019 were as follows (in thousands):
Short-Term Marketable Investments
Certificates of deposit
U.S. treasury
U.S. agency securities
Commercial paper
Municipal bonds
Corporate bonds
Total
Long-term Marketable Investments
U.S. treasury
U.S. agency securities
Municipal bonds
Total
December 31, 2020
Cost
Gross Unrealized
Gains
Gross Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
3,479 $
287,315
67,227
5,093
2,684
17,323
383,121 $
1 $
41
12
—
1
6
61 $
— $
(4)
(6)
—
(1)
—
(11) $
3,480
287,352
67,233
5,093
2,684
17,329
383,171
December 31, 2020
Cost
Gross Unrealized
Gains
Gross Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
10,189 $
31,469
461
42,119 $
— $
9
—
9 $
— $
(1)
—
(1) $
10,189
31,477
461
42,127
$
$
$
$
80
Table of Contents
Short-Term Marketable Investments
Certificates of deposit
U.S. treasury
U.S. agency securities
Commercial paper
Municipal bonds
Corporate bonds
Total
December 31, 2019
Cost
Gross Unrealized
Gains
Gross Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
$
$
161 $
31,933
177,629
15,240
3,014
13,876
241,853 $
1 $
8
110
—
1
10
130 $
— $
(1)
(9)
—
—
—
(10) $
162
31,940
177,730
15,240
3,015
13,886
241,973
The following table presents the gross unrealized losses and the fair value for those marketable investments that were in an unrealized loss position
for less than 12 months as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):
U.S. treasury
U.S. agency securities
Municipal bonds
Corporate bonds
Total
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
Gross Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Gross Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
$
$
(4) $
(7)
(1)
(1)
(13) $
78,549 $
39,443
1,201
1,347
120,540 $
(1) $
(9)
—
—
(10) $
12,926
36,322
—
251
49,499
Although the Company had certain available-for-sale debt securities in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2020, no impairment loss was
recorded since it did not intend to sell them, did not anticipate a need to sell them, and the decline in fair value was not due to any credit-related factors,
which it is now required to assess upon adoption of ASU 2016-13.
The amortized cost and fair value of the Company’s marketable investments by contractual maturity as of December 31, 2020 were as follows:
Due within one year
Due after one year through two years
Total
Fair Value Measurements
Cost
383,121 $
42,119
425,240 $
Fair Value
383,171
42,127
425,298
$
$
The Company carries cash equivalents and marketable investments at fair value. Fair value is based on the price that would be received from selling
an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is estimated by applying the
following hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the
lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement:
Level 1 — Observable inputs, which include unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 — Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs, such as quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can
be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
81
Table of Contents
Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are based on management’s assumptions, including fair
value measurements determined by using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques.
The Company determined the fair value of its Level 1 financial instruments, which are traded in active markets, using quoted market prices for
identical instruments.
Marketable investments classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy are valued based on other observable inputs, including broker or dealer
quotations or alternative pricing sources. When quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities are not available, the Company relies on
non-binding quotes from its investment managers, which are based on proprietary valuation models of independent pricing services. These models
generally use inputs such as observable market data, quoted market prices for similar instruments, historical pricing trends of a security as relative to its
peers. To validate the fair value determination provided by its investment managers, the Company reviews the pricing movement in the context of overall
market trends and trading information from its investment managers. The Company performs routine procedures such as comparing prices obtained from
independent source to ensure that appropriate fair values are recorded.
82
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth the Company’s assets measured at fair value by level within the fair value hierarchy (in thousands):
Assets
Cash equivalents
Money market funds
U.S. treasury
Total cash equivalents
Marketable investments (Short and Long-term)
Certificates of deposit
U.S. Treasury
U.S. agency securities
Commercial paper
Municipal bonds
Corporate bonds
Total marketable investments
Liabilities
Contingent consideration
Assets
Cash equivalents
Money market funds
Commercial paper
Total cash equivalents
Marketable investments
Certificates of deposit
U.S. Treasury
U.S. agency securities
Commercial paper
Municipal bonds
Corporate bonds
Total marketable investments
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
December 31, 2020
$
$
$
$
89,888
39,997
129,885
—
297,540
—
—
—
—
297,540
—
—
—
—
3,480
—
98,711
5,093
3,145
17,329
127,758
$
$
$
$
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$
$
$
$
89,888
39,997
129,885
3,480
297,540
98,711
5,093
3,145
17,329
425,298
18,100
$
18,100
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
December 31, 2019
2,179
—
2,179
—
31,940
—
—
—
—
31,940
$
$
$
$
—
2,697
2,697
162
—
177,730
15,240
3,015
13,886
210,033
$
$
$
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$
$
$
$
2,179
2,697
4,876
162
31,940
177,730
15,240
3,015
13,886
241,973
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the estimated fair value of the Company’s outstanding 0.125% convertible senior notes due 2023 (the “2023
convertible senior notes”) was $253.1 million and $437.0 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, the estimated fair value of the Company's
outstanding 0.500% convertible senior notes due 2025 (the "2025 convertible senior notes" and, together with the 2023 convertible senior notes, the
"convertible senior notes") was $1,098.5 million. The fair values were determined based on the quoted price of the convertible senior notes in an inactive
market on the last trading day of the reporting period and have been classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. See Note 6 for further information on
the Company’s convertible senior notes.
As part of the agreement to acquire Inference in November 2020, the Company may be obligated to pay contingent earn out consideration of up to
$24.0 million based upon achievement of certain milestones and relative thresholds during the earn out measurement period which ends on December 31,
2021. The fair value of the contingent consideration arrangement, estimated to be $18.1 million as of December 31, 2020, is classified within
83
Table of Contents
Level 3 and is determined using a probability-based scenario analysis approach. The resulting probability-weighted contingent consideration amounts were
discounted based on the Company’s estimated cost of debt. Future changes in the achievement of certain milestones and relative thresholds could result in a
material change to the amount of contingent consideration accrued, and such changes will be recorded in the Company's consolidated statements of
operations.
There were no assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.
The Company’s other financial instruments’ fair value, including accounts receivable, accounts payable and other current liabilities, approximate its
carrying value due to the relatively short maturity of those instruments. The carrying amounts of the Company’s finance leases approximate their fair value,
which is the present value of expected future cash payments based on assumptions about current interest rates and the creditworthiness of the Company.
4. Financial Statement Components
Cash and cash equivalents consisted of the following (in thousands):
Cash and cash equivalents:
Cash
Money market funds
U.S. Treasury
Commercial paper
Total cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net consisted of the following (in thousands):
Trade accounts receivable
Unbilled trade accounts receivable, net of advance client deposits
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Accounts receivable, net
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):
Prepaid expenses
Other current assets
Contract assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
84
December 31,
2020
2019
90,487
89,888
39,997
—
220,372
$
$
December 31,
2020
2019
42,366
6,492
(127)
48,731
$
$
December 31,
2020
2019
9,816
5,036
1,297
16,149
$
$
73,100
2,179
—
2,697
77,976
34,591
3,075
(11)
37,655
4,901
4,930
825
10,656
$
$
$
$
$
$
Table of Contents
Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):
Computer and network equipment
Computer software
Internal-use software development costs
Furniture and fixtures
Leasehold improvements
Property and equipment
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
Property and equipment, net
December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
89,763
25,888
500
3,372
2,335
121,858
(70,645)
51,213
$
$
67,378
14,157
500
2,918
2,264
87,217
(54,027)
33,190
Depreciation and amortization expense associated with property and equipment was $18.2 million, $13.5 million and $9.8 million for the years ended
December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Property and equipment capitalized under finance lease obligations consists primarily of computer and network equipment and was as follows (in
thousands):
Gross
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
Total
Accrued and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):
Accrued expenses
Accrued compensation and benefits
Accrued and other current liabilities
Other long-term liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):
Deferred revenue
Deferred tax liabilities
Other long-term liabilities
Contingent consideration
Other long-term liabilities
5. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill
December 31,
2020
2019
45,021
(41,908)
3,113
$
$
46,671
(39,190)
7,481
December 31,
2020
2019
15,217
29,233
44,450
$
$
4,152
14,233
18,385
December 31,
2020
2019
3,373
4,438
5,554
18,100
31,465
$
$
1,550
—
2,800
—
4,350
$
$
$
$
$
$
Goodwill was recorded as a result of the Company’s acquisition of Face It, Corp., which the Company also refers to as SoCoCare, in October 2013,
Virtual Observer in April 2020, and Inference in November 2020. See Note 14 for further details of the Virtual Observer and Inference acquisitions.
The following table summarizes the activity in the Company's goodwill balances during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 (in thousands):
85
Table of Contents
Beginning of the period, January 1, 2019
Addition
End of the period, December 31, 2019
Addition (Inference)
Addition (Virtual Observer)
End of the period, December 31, 2020
Goodwill
11,798
—
11,798
130,976
22,646
165,420
$
$
During the fourth quarter of 2020, the Company completed its annual goodwill impairment test. Based on its assessment of the qualitative factors, the
Company’s management concluded that the fair value of the Company’s goodwill was more likely than not greater than its carrying amount as of December
31, 2020. As such, it was not necessary to perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test. Subsequent to the 2020 annual impairment test, the Company
believes there have been no significant events or circumstances negatively affecting the valuation of goodwill. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, there
was no impairment to the carrying value of the Company’s goodwill.
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets were acquired in connection with the Company’s acquisitions of SoCoCare in October 2013, Whendu in November 2019, Virtual
Observer in April 2020, and Inference in November 2020. See Note 14 for further details of the Whendu, Virtual Observer, and Inference acquisitions.
The following table summarizes the activity in the Company's intangible asset balances during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 (in
thousands):
Beginning of the period, January 1, 2019
Addition (Whendu)
Amortization
End of the period, December 31, 2019
Addition (Inference)
Addition (Virtual Observer)
Addition (Whendu)
Amortization
End of the period, December 31, 2020
Intangible Assets
631
15,784
(882)
15,533
30,100
12,800
100
(6,849)
51,684
$
$
The components of intangible assets were as follows (in thousands):
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
Gross Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Carrying
Amount
Developed technology
Acquired workforce
Customer relationships
Trademarks
Total
$
$
56,214
470
1,600
500
58,784
$
$
(6,761)
(177)
(101)
(61)
(7,100)
$
$
49,453
293
1,499
439
51,684
Weighted Average
Remaining
Amortization
Period (Years)
4.9
1.9
4.7
1.8
4.9
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Carrying
Amount
$
$
17,777
467
—
—
18,244
$
$
(2,690)
(21)
—
—
(2,711)
$
$
15,087
446
—
—
15,533
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Amortization
Period (Years)
3.9
2.9
3.8
Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $6.8 million, $0.9 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and
2018, respectively. The increase in amortization expense during the year ended
86
Table of Contents
December 31, 2020 was due to the acquisition of intangible assets from Inference in November 2020, Virtual Observer in April 2020 and Whendu in
November 2019.
As of December 31, 2020, the expected future amortization expense for intangible assets was as follows (in thousands):
Period
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Thereafter
Total
Expected Future
Amortization Expense
11,787
11,704
10,870
7,527
5,596
4,200
51,684
$
$
Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate an asset’s carrying value may not be
recoverable. The Company concluded that there was no impairment to the carrying value of its intangible assets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.
6. Debt
0.500% Convertible Senior Notes and Related Capped Call Transactions
In May and June 2020, the Company issued $747.5 million aggregate principal amount of 2025 convertible senior notes in a private offering, which
aggregate principal amount included the exercise in full of the initial purchasers’ option to purchase up to an additional $97.5 million principal amount of
the 2025 convertible senior notes. The 2025 convertible senior notes mature on June 1, 2025 and bear interest at a fixed rate of 0.500% per annum, payable
semiannually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning on December 1, 2020. The total net proceeds from the issuance of the 2025
convertible senior notes, after deducting initial purchasers' discounts and commissions and estimated debt issuance costs, were approximately
$728.8 million.
Each $1,000 principal amount of the 2025 convertible senior notes is initially convertible into 7.4437 shares of the Company’s common stock (the
“2025 Conversion Option”), which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $134.34 per share of common stock, subject to adjustment
upon the occurrence of specified events. The initial conversion price represents a premium of approximately 30% to the $103.34 per share closing price of
the Company’s common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market on May 21, 2020. The 2025 convertible senior notes are convertible, in multiples of $1,000
principal amount, at the option of the holders prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding March 1, 2025, only under the
following circumstances: (1) during any calendar quarter commencing after the calendar quarter ending on September 30, 2020 (and only during such
calendar quarter), if the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a period
of 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal
to 130% of the conversion price on each applicable trading day; (2) during the five business day period after any five consecutive trading day period (the
“2025 Measurement Period”) in which the trading price (as defined in the 2025 Indenture governing the 2025 convertible senior notes) per $1,000 principal
amount of the 2025 convertible senior notes for each trading day of the 2025 Measurement Period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale
price of the Company’s common stock and the conversion rate in effect on each such trading day; (3) if the Company calls any or all of the 2025
convertible senior notes for redemption, at any time prior to the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the
redemption date; or (4) upon the occurrence of specified corporate events. On or after March 1, 2025 until the close of business on the second scheduled
trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders may convert all or any portion of their 2025 convertible senior notes, in multiples of $1,000
principal amount, at the option of the holder regardless of the foregoing circumstances.
Upon conversion, the Company will pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of the Company’s common stock or a combination of cash and
shares of the Company’s common stock, at the Company’s election. If the Company undergoes a fundamental change (as defined in the indenture
governing the 2025 convertible senior notes), subject to certain conditions, holders may require the Company to repurchase for cash all or any portion of
87
Table of Contents
their 2025 convertible senior notes, in principal amounts of $1,000 or a multiple thereof, at a fundamental change repurchase price equal to 100% of the
principal amount of the 2025 convertible senior notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the fundamental change
repurchase date. In addition, following certain corporate events or if the Company issues a notice of redemption, it will, under certain circumstances,
increase the conversion rate for holders who elect to convert their notes in connection with such corporate event or during the relevant redemption period.
The closing market price of the Company's common stock of $174.40 per share as of December 31, 2020, the last trading day during the three
months ended December 31, 2020, was below $174.64 per share, which represents 130% of the initial conversion price of $134.34 per share. Additionally,
the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a period of 30 consecutive
trading days ending on, and including, the last trading day, December 31, 2020, was not greater than or equal to 130% of the initial conversion price. As
such, during the three months ended December 31, 2020, the conditions allowing holders of the 2025 convertible senior notes to convert were not met. The
2025 convertible senior notes are therefore not convertible during the three months ended March 31, 2021.
The Company may not redeem the 2025 convertible senior notes prior to June 6, 2023. The Company may redeem for cash all or any portion of the
2025 convertible senior notes, at its option, on or after June 6, 2023 and prior to March 1, 2025 if the last reported sale price of its common stock has been
at least 130% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during any 30 consecutive trading day period
(including the last trading day of such period) ending not more than two trading days immediately preceding the date on which the Company provides
notice of redemption at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2025 convertible senior notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date. No sinking fund is provided for the 2025 convertible senior notes.
The 2025 convertible senior notes are the Company’s senior unsecured obligations and rank senior in right of payment to any of the Company’s
indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the 2025 convertible senior notes; equal in right of payment to any of the Company’s
unsecured indebtedness that is not so subordinated (including the 2023 convertible senior notes); effectively junior in right of payment to any of the
Company’s secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and structurally junior to all indebtedness and other
liabilities (including trade payables) of the Company’s subsidiaries.
In accounting for the issuance of the 2025 convertible senior notes, the 2025 convertible senior notes were separated into liability and equity
components. The carrying amount of the liability component was calculated by measuring the fair value of a similar debt instrument that does not have an
associated conversion feature. The carrying amount of the equity component representing the 2025 Conversion Option was $158.3 million and was
determined by deducting the fair value of the liability component from the par value of the 2025 convertible senior notes. The equity component was
recorded in additional paid-in-capital and is not re-measured as long as it continues to meet the conditions for equity classification. The excess of the
principal amount of the liability component over its carrying amount (the “Debt Discount”) is being amortized to interest expense over the contractual term
of the notes at an effective interest rate of 5.76%. The debt component was classified as long term liabilities during the three months ended December 31,
2020.
In accounting for the debt issuance costs of $18.7 million related to the 2025 convertible senior notes, the Company allocated the total amount
incurred to the liability and equity components of the 2025 convertible senior notes based on their relative values. Issuance costs attributable to the liability
component were $14.7 million and are being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the contractual term of the 2025
convertible senior notes. Issuance costs attributable to the equity component were netted with the equity component in additional paid-in-capital.
The net carrying amount of the liability component of the 2025 convertible senior notes was as follows (in thousands):
Principal
Unamortized debt discount
Unamortized issuance costs
Net carrying amount
December 31, 2020
747,500
(141,792)
(13,192)
592,516
$
$
88
Table of Contents
The net carrying amount of the equity component of the 2025 convertible senior notes was as follows (in thousands):
Equity component
Issuance costs
Net carrying amount
Interest expense related to the 2025 convertible senior notes was as follows (in thousands):
Contractual interest expense
Amortization of debt discount
Amortization of issuance costs
Total interest expense
December 31, 2020
158,321
(3,958)
154,363
Year Ended
December 31, 2020
2,230
16,528
1,538
20,296
$
$
$
$
In connection with the issuance of the 2025 convertible senior notes, the Company entered into privately negotiated capped call transactions (the
“2025 Capped Call Transactions”) with certain financial institutions. The 2025 Capped Call Transactions are expected generally to reduce the potential
dilution to the Company’s common stock in connection with any conversion of the 2025 convertible senior notes and/or offset any cash payments the
Company is required to make in excess of the principal amount of converted 2025 convertible senior notes, as the case may be, with such reduction and/or
offset subject to a cap based on the cap price. The initial cap price of the 2025 Capped Call Transactions was $206.68 per share, and is subject to certain
adjustments under the terms of the 2025 Capped Call Transactions. The 2025 Capped Call Transactions cover, subject to anti-dilution adjustments,
approximately 5.6 million shares of the Company’s common stock. For accounting purposes, the 2025 Capped Call Transactions are separate transactions,
and not integrated with the issuance of the 2025 convertible senior notes. As these transactions meet certain accounting criteria, the 2025 Capped Call
Transactions are recorded in stockholders’ equity and are not accounted for as derivatives. The cost to the Company of the 2025 Capped Call Transactions
was $90.5 million, which was recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital.
The net impact to the Company's stockholders' equity as of December 31, 2020, included in additional paid-in capital, relating to the issuance of the
2025 convertible senior notes was as follows (in thousands):
Conversion option
Payments for capped call transactions
Issuance costs
Total
Maturity of the Company’s 2025 convertible senior notes as of December 31, 2020 was as follows (in thousands):
Period
2025 (Maturity date of June 1, 2025)
Total
0.125% Convertible Senior Notes and Related Capped Call Transactions
89
December 31, 2020
158,321
(90,448)
(3,958)
63,915
Amount to Mature
747,500
747,500
$
$
$
$
Table of Contents
In May 2018, the Company issued $258.8 million aggregate principal amount of 2023 convertible senior notes in a private offering. The 2023
convertible senior notes mature on May 1, 2023 and bear interest at a fixed rate of 0.125% per annum, payable semiannually in arrears on May 1 and
November 1 of each year. The total net proceeds from the offering, after deducting initial purchasers' discounts and commissions and estimated debt
issuance costs, was approximately $250.8 million.
In May 2020, the Company used part of the net proceeds from the issuance of the 2025 convertible senior notes to repurchase, exchange or
otherwise retire approximately $181.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2023 convertible senior notes in privately-negotiated transactions for
aggregate consideration of $449.6 million, consisting of $181.0 million in cash and 2,723,581 shares of the Company’s common stock (the "2023 Note
Repurchase Transactions").
As of December 31, 2020, after giving effect to the 2023 Note Repurchase Transactions and other settlements upon conversion requests,
approximately $58.9 million aggregate principal amount of 2023 convertible senior notes remained outstanding.
The 2023 Note Repurchase Transactions were accounted for as a debt extinguishment. Pursuant to ASC Subtopic 470-20, total consideration for the
2023 Note Repurchase Transactions was separated into liability and equity components by estimating the fair value of a similar liability without a
conversion option and assigning the residual value to the equity component. The gain or loss on extinguishment of the debt was subsequently determined
by comparing the repurchase consideration allocated to the liability component to the sum of the carrying value of the liability component, net of the
proportionate amounts of unamortized debt discount and the remaining unamortized debt issuance costs. Of the $449.6 million in aggregate consideration
paid by the Company in connection with the 2023 Note Repurchase Transactions, $155.8 million and $293.8 million were allocated to the debt and equity
components, respectively, using an effective interest rate of 5.32% to determine the fair value of the liability component. This interest rate was based on the
income and market-based approaches used to determine the effective interest rate of the 2023 convertible senior notes, adjusted for the remaining term of
the 2023 convertible senior notes. As of the settlement of the 2023 Note Repurchase Transactions, the carrying value of the 2023 convertible senior notes
subject to the 2023 Note Repurchase Transactions, net of unamortized debt discount and issuance costs, was $150.4 million. The Company also incurred
approximately $0.5 million in third party transaction costs related to the 2023 Note Repurchase Transactions. These costs were allocated to the liability and
equity components in proportion to the allocation of consideration transferred at settlement and accounted for as debt extinguishment costs and equity
reacquisition costs, respectively. The 2023 Note Repurchase Transactions resulted in a $5.8 million loss on early debt extinguishment in the second quarter
of fiscal 2020, of which $2.7 million consisted of unamortized debt issuance costs.
Each $1,000 principal amount of the 2023 convertible senior notes was initially convertible into 24.4978 shares of the Company’s common stock
(the “2023 Conversion Option”), which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $40.82 per share of common stock, subject to
adjustment upon the occurrence of specified events. The 2023 convertible senior notes are convertible, in multiples of $1,000 principal amount, at the
option of the holders at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding November 1, 2022, only under the following
circumstances: (1) during any calendar quarter commencing after the calendar quarter ended on September 30, 2018 (and only during such calendar
quarter), if the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a period
of 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal
to 130% of the conversion price on each applicable trading day; (2) during the five business day period after any five consecutive trading day period (the
“2023 Measurement Period”) in which the trading price (as defined in the indenture governing the 2023 convertible senior notes) per $1,000 principal
amount of the 2023 convertible senior notes for each trading day of the 2023 Measurement Period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale
price of the Company’s common stock and the conversion rate in effect on each such trading day; (3) if the Company calls any or all of the 2023
convertible senior notes for redemption, at any time prior to the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the
redemption date; or (4) upon the occurrence of specified corporate events. On or after November 1, 2022 until the close of business on the second
scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders may convert all or any portion of their 2023 convertible senior notes, in multiples
of $1,000 principal amount, at the option of the holder regardless of the foregoing circumstances.
Upon conversion, the Company will pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of the Company’s common stock or a combination of cash and
shares of the Company’s common stock, at the Company’s election. If
90
Table of Contents
the Company undergoes a fundamental change (as defined in the indenture governing the 2023 convertible senior notes), subject to certain conditions,
holders may require the Company to repurchase for cash all or any portion of their 2023 convertible senior notes, in principal amounts of $1,000 or a
multiple thereof, at a fundamental change repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2023 convertible senior notes to be repurchased,
plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase date. In addition, following certain corporate events that
occur prior to the maturity date or if the Company issues a notice of redemption, it will, under certain circumstances, increase the conversion rate for
holders who elect to convert their 2023 convertible senior notes in connection with such corporate event or during the relevant redemption period.
During each of the quarters from the third quarter of 2019 through the fourth quarter of 2020, one of the triggers for convertibility of the 2023
convertible senior notes was triggered as the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock was greater than $53.07 per share, which represents
130% of the initial conversion price of $40.82 per share, for at least 20 trading days in the period of 30 consecutive trading days ended on, and including,
the last trading day of the quarter for each quarter of 2020. As a result, the 2023 convertible senior notes were convertible, in multiples of $1,000 principal
amount, at the option of the 2023 convertible senior note holders between October 1, 2019 to December 31, 2020, and are currently convertible between
January 1, 2021 to March 31, 2021. Whether the 2023 convertible senior notes will be convertible after March 31, 2021 will depend on the continued
satisfaction of this condition or other conversion conditions in the future. To date, the Company has paid $18.9 million in cash and issued 307,037 shares of
its common stock to settle $18.9 million aggregate principal amount of its 2023 convertible senior notes that resulted in a $1.2 million loss on early debt
extinguishment. During 2020, the Company also received 15,714 shares from the partial unwind of capped calls resulting from the settlement of its 2023
convertible senior notes. The receipt of the 15,714 shares reduced the number of shares outstanding, thus was recorded to treasury stock based on an
aggregate fair value of $2.3 million at the time of the settlements. In addition, on or prior to December 31, 2020, the Company received elections to convert
$7.8 million aggregate principal amount of its 2023 convertible senior notes that remained unsettled as of the end of the fourth quarter of 2020. From
January 1, 2021 through the date of this filing, the Company received additional elections to convert aggregate principal amount of $5.8 million of the 2023
convertible senior notes. The Company has settled, or expects to settle, these conversions in cash or a combination of cash and shares during the first half
of 2021. The Company has the option to settle any future election conversion notices in cash, shares, or a combination of cash and shares.
The Company may not redeem the 2023 convertible senior notes prior to May 5, 2021. The Company may redeem for cash all or any portion of the
2023 convertible senior notes, at its option, on or after May 5, 2021 if the last reported sale price of its common stock has been at least 130% of the
conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during any 30 consecutive trading day period (including the last
trading day of such period) ending not more than two trading days immediately preceding the date on which the Company provides notice of redemption at
a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2023 convertible senior notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to,
but excluding, the redemption date. No sinking fund is provided for the 2023 convertible senior notes.
The 2023 convertible senior notes are the Company’s senior unsecured obligations and rank senior in right of payment to any of the Company’s
indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the 2023 convertible senior notes; equal in right of payment to any of the Company’s
unsecured indebtedness that is not so subordinated (including the 2025 convertible senior notes); effectively junior in right of payment to any of the
Company’s secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and structurally junior to all indebtedness and other
liabilities (including trade payables) of the Company’s subsidiaries.
In accounting for the issuance of the 2023 convertible senior notes, the 2023 convertible senior notes were separated into liability and equity
components. The carrying amount of the liability component was calculated by measuring the fair value of a similar debt instrument that does not have an
associated conversion feature. The carrying amount of the equity component representing the conversion option was $63.8 million and was determined by
deducting the fair value of the liability component from the par value of the 2023 convertible senior notes. The equity component was recorded in
additional paid-in-capital and is not re-measured as long as it continues to meet the conditions for equity classification. The Debt Discount is being
amortized to interest expense over the contractual term of the 2023 convertible senior notes at an effective interest rate of 6.39%.
In accounting for the debt issuance costs of $8.0 million related to the 2023 convertible senior notes, the Company allocated the total amount
incurred to the liability and equity components of the 2023 convertible senior notes based on their relative values. Issuance costs attributable to the liability
component were $6.0 million and are
91
Table of Contents
being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the contractual term of the 2023 convertible senior notes. Issuance costs
attributable to the equity component were netted with the equity component in additional paid-in-capital.
The net carrying amount of the liability component of the 2023 convertible senior notes was as follows (in thousands):
Principal
Unamortized debt discount
Unamortized issuance costs
Net carrying amount
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
$
$
58,867
(7,367)
(700)
50,800
$
$
258,750
(44,881)
(4,265)
209,604
The net carrying amount of the equity component of the 2023 convertible senior notes continued to meet the conditions for equity classification as
presented below (in thousands):
Equity component
Issuance costs
Net carrying amount
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
$
$
14,505
(455)
14,050
$
$
63,756
(1,998)
61,758
Interest expense related to the 2023 convertible senior notes was as follows (in thousands):
Contractual interest expense
Amortization of debt discount
Amortization of issuance costs
Total interest expense
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
Year Ended
$
$
184
7,006
666
7,856
$
$
324 $
11,683
1,105
13,112 $
209
7,192
689
8,090
In connection with the issuance of the 2023 convertible senior notes, the Company entered into privately negotiated capped call transactions (the
“2023 Capped Call Transactions”) with certain financial institutions. The 2023 Capped Call Transactions are expected generally to reduce the potential
dilution to the Company’s common stock upon any conversion of the 2023 convertible senior notes and/or offset any cash payments the Company is
required to make in excess of the principal amount of converted 2023 convertible senior notes, as the case may be, with such reduction and/or offset subject
to a cap based on the cap price. The initial cap price of the 2023 Capped Call Transactions is $62.80 per share, and is subject to certain adjustments under
the terms of the 2023 Capped Call Transactions. The 2023 Capped Call Transactions cover, subject to anti-dilution adjustments, approximately 6.3 million
shares of the Company’s common stock. For accounting purposes, the 2023 Capped Call Transactions are separate transactions, and not integrated with the
issuance of the 2023 convertible senior notes. As these transactions meet certain accounting criteria, the 2023 Capped Call Transactions are recorded in
stockholders’ equity and are not accounted for as derivatives. The cost of $31.4 million incurred in connection with the 2023 Capped Call Transactions was
recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital.
In connection with the 2023 Note Repurchase Transactions, the Company amended the 2023 Capped Call Transactions such that the portion
associated with the 2023 convertible senior notes subject to the 2023 Note Repurchase Transactions would remain outstanding notwithstanding the
retirement of $181.0 million aggregate principal amount of 2023 convertible senior notes. Following such amendment, the 2023 Capped Call Transactions
continue to meet the accounting criteria to be recorded in stockholders’ equity and are not accounted for as derivatives.
The net impact to the Company’s stockholders’ equity, included in additional paid-in capital, relating to the issuance of the 2023 convertible senior
notes issued in May 2018 was as follows (in thousands):
92
Table of Contents
Conversion option
Payments for capped call transactions
Issuance costs
Maturity of the Company’s 2023 convertible senior notes as of December 31, 2020 was as follows (in thousands):
Total
Period
2023
Total
December 31, 2018
63,756
(31,412)
(1,998)
30,346
Amount to Mature
58,867
58,867
$
$
$
$
7. Stockholders’ Equity
Capital Structure
Common Stock
The Company is authorized to issue 450,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.001 per share. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019,
the Company had 66,496,060 and 61,543,634 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, respectively.
During 2020, the Company issued 3,030,618 shares of common stock in connection with 2023 convertible senior note settlements. During 2020, the
Company also received 15,714 shares from the partial unwind of capped calls resulting from the settlement of its 2023 convertible senior notes. The receipt
of the 15,714 shares reduced the number of shares outstanding, thus was recorded to treasury stock based on an aggregate fair value of $2.3 million at the
time of the settlements. See Note 6 for further details.
Holders of the Company’s common stock are entitled to dividends, if and when declared by the board of directors. In the event of liquidation,
dissolution or winding up, subject to the rights of the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock, holders of common stock will be entitled to
receive the assets and funds of the Company that are legally available for distribution.
Preferred Stock
The Company is authorized to designate and issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.001 per share in one or more
series without stockholder approval and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were no
shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.
Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance
Shares of common stock reserved for future issuance related to outstanding equity awards and employee equity incentive plans as of December 31,
2020, were as follows (in thousands):
Stock options outstanding
Restricted stock units outstanding
Shares available for future grant under 2014 Plan
Shares available for future issuance under ESPP
Total shares of common stock reserved
Common Stock Reserved
2,255
2,267
11,562
2,532
18,616
93
Table of Contents
Equity Incentive Plans
Prior to the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”) in April 2014, the Company granted stock options under its Amended and Restated 2004
Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (“ 2004 Plan”).
Under the terms of the 2004 Plan, the Company had the ability to grant incentive and nonstatutory stock options. Incentive stock options could only
be granted to Company employees. Nonstatutory stock options could be granted to Company employees, directors and consultants. Such options are
exercisable at prices, as determined by the board of directors, generally equal to the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant. Options
granted to employees generally vest over a four-year period, with an initial vesting period of 12 months for 25% of the shares, and the remaining 75% of
the shares vesting monthly on a ratable basis over the remaining 36 months. Options generally expire 10 years after the grant date and are generally
exercisable upon vesting. Vested options generally expire 90 days after termination of the optionee’s employment or relationship as a consultant or director,
unless otherwise extended by the terms of the stock option agreement.
In March 2014, the Company’s board of directors and stockholders approved the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (“2014 Plan”) and 5,300,000 shares of
common stock were authorized for issuance under the 2014 Plan. In addition, on the first day of each year beginning in 2015 and ending in 2024, the 2014
Plan provides for an annual automatic increase to the shares reserved for issuance in an amount equal to 5% of the total number of shares outstanding on
December 31st of the preceding calendar year or a lesser number as determined by the Company’s board of directors. Pursuant to the automatic annual
increase, 3,324,803 additional shares were reserved under the 2014 Plan on January 1, 2021. No further grants were made under the 2004 Plan once the
2014 Plan became effective on April 3, 2014. Upon the effectiveness of the 2014 Plan, all shares reserved for future issuance under the 2004 Plan became
available for issuance under the 2014 Plan. Additionally, any forfeited or expired shares that would have otherwise returned to the 2004 Plan instead return
to the 2014 Plan. The 2014 Plan allows the Company to grant stock options, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), restricted stock awards, performance stock
awards, stock appreciation rights, performance cash awards, and other stock awards. To date, the Company has granted stock options and RSUs under the
2014 Plan. Stock options granted under the 2014 Plan are in general at a price equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant
and vest over four years. The Company’s stock options expire 10 years from the date of grant. Each RSU granted under the 2014 Plan represents a right to
receive one share of the Company’s common stock when the RSU vests. RSUs generally vest over one to four years. Vested options generally expire three
months after termination of the optionee’s employment or relationship as a consultant or director, unless otherwise extended by the terms of the stock
option agreement.
In connection with the Company’s acquisition of Inference, the Company assumed unvested stock options that had been granted under the Inference
Technologies Group Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan. Each of the assumed stock options are subject to substantially the same terms and conditions as
applied to the assumed stock options immediately prior to the acquisition date, except that the number of shares of the Company’s common stock subject to
each assumed stock option and the exercise price has been adjusted in accordance with the terms of the acquisition agreement. If these assumed stock
options are cancelled, forfeited or expire unexercised, the underlying shares do not become available for future grant. As of the acquisition date, the
estimated fair value of the assumed unvested options was $7.6 million, of which $0.2 million was recognized as goodwill and the balance of $7.4 million is
being recognized as stock-based compensation expense over the remaining service period of the assumed unvested stock options.
94
Table of Contents
Stock Options
A summary of the Company’s stock option activity during the year ended December 31, 2020 is as follows (in thousands, except years and per share
data):
Outstanding as of December 31, 2019
Options granted
Options assumed
Options exercised
Options forfeited or expired
(2)
Outstanding as of December 31, 2020
Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2020
Exercisable as of December 31, 2020
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(Years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic
(1)
Value
19.38
85.68
14.33
20.86
43.60
26.33
26.33
14.24
5.4
5.4
4.3
$
333,959
333,959
257,447
$
Number of Shares
2,530
271
60
(560)
(46)
2,255
2,255
1,607
(1) The aggregate intrinsic value amounts are computed based on the difference between the exercise price of the
stock options and the fair market value of the Company’s common stock of $174.40 per share as of December 31, 2020 for all in-the-money stock
options outstanding.
(2) The Company assumed stock options outstanding through the Inference acquisition.
Following is additional information pertaining to the Company’s stock option activity (in thousands, except per share data):
Weighted average grant date fair value per share of options granted, excluding assumed
stock options
Weighted average grant date fair value per share of assumed stock options
(1)
Intrinsic value of options exercised
Total fair value of options vested during the period
Cash received from options exercised
2020
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
$
$
38.80
125.96
47,529
7,846
11,656
$
24.06
—
42,204
5,342
7,705
16.33
—
34,785
4,744
7,779
(1) Intrinsic value of options exercised is the difference between the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the time of exercise and the
exercise price paid.
Restricted Stock Units
A summary of RSU activity during the year ended December 31, 2020 is as follows (in thousands, except years and per share data):
Outstanding as of December 31, 2019
RSUs granted
RSUs vested and released
RSUs forfeited
Outstanding as of December 31, 2020
Number of Shares
Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair Value
Per Share
$
2,372
1,252
(1,210)
(147)
2,267
41.32
86.15
41.35
53.44
65.42
95
Table of Contents
Following is additional information pertaining to the Company’s RSU activity (in thousands, except per share data):
Weighted average grant date fair value per share of RSUs granted
Total fair value of RSUs vested during the period
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
2020
Year Ended December 31,
2019
$
86.15
136,805
$
53.33
68,072
$
2018
32.30
41,245
In March 2014, the Company’s board of directors and stockholders adopted the 2014 ESPP Plan and the shares authorized for issuance thereunder.
The 2014 ESPP Plan became effective on April 3, 2014.
The 2014 ESPP Plan permits eligible employees to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock through payroll deductions with up to 15% of
their pre-tax earnings subject to certain Internal Revenue Code limitations. The purchase price of the shares is 85% of the lower of the fair market value of
the Company’s common stock on the first day of a six month offering period, except for the initial offering period, or the relevant purchase date. In
addition, no participant may purchase more than 1,500 shares of common stock in each purchase period.
The number of shares of common stock originally reserved for issuance under the 2014 ESPP Plan was 880,000 shares, which increases
automatically each year, beginning on January 1, 2015 and continuing through January 1, 2024, by the lesser of (i) 1% of the total number of shares of the
Company’s common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year; (ii) 1,000,000 shares of common stock (subject to adjustment to
reflect any split or combination of its common stock); or (iii) such lesser number as determined by its board of directors. Pursuant to the automatic annual
increase, 664,960 additional shares were reserved under the 2014 ESPP Plan on January 1, 2021.
During 2020, 168,737 shares were purchased by employees under the 2014 ESPP Plan at a weighted average price of $67.97 per share.
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation expenses for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 were as follows (in thousands):
Cost of revenue
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
(1)
Total stock-based compensation
2020
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
$
$
9,422
14,043
20,164
21,118
64,747
$
$
6,334
7,658
11,368
16,705
42,065
$
$
3,333
5,303
6,307
13,541
28,484
(1) Includes an incremental stock-based compensation cost due to modification of certain stock-based awards of a former executive of the Company in the
third quarter of 2018.
As of December 31, 2020, unrecognized stock-based compensation expense by award type and their expected weighted-average recognition periods
are summarized in the following table (in thousands, except years).
Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense
Weighted-average amortization period
Stock Option
RSU
ESPP
$
22,526
2.6 years
$
138,956
2.9 years
$
1,825
0.4 years
The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense that is calculated based upon awards that have vested, reduced for actual forfeitures. All
stock-based compensation for equity awards granted to employees and non-employee directors is measured based on the grant date fair value of the award.
The Company values RSUs at the closing market price of its common stock on the date of grant. The Company estimates the fair value of each stock
option and purchase right under the 2014 ESPP Plan granted to employees on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and using the
assumptions disclosed in the table below. Expected volatility is based upon the weighting of the Company’s historical volatility. Prior to
96
Table of Contents
2020, expected volatility was based upon the weighting of the Company’s historical volatility and the historical volatility of a peer group of publicly traded
companies. The expected term of options granted is estimated using the simplified method by taking the average of the vesting term and the contractual
term of the option. The expected volatility assumption for purchase rights under the 2014 ESPP Plan is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s
common stock. The risk-free rate for the expected term of the awards is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues at the time of grant. The Company has
not paid, and does not anticipate paying, cash dividends on its shares of common stock. Accordingly, the expected dividend yield is zero.
The weighted average assumptions used to value stock options and purchase rights under the 2014 ESPP Plan granted during the years ended
December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 were as follows:
Stock Options
Expected term (years)
Volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Dividend yield
(1)
2020
5.7
47%
0.9%
—
Year Ended December 31,
2019
6.1
46%
2.3%
—
2018
6.0
45%
2.8%
—
(1) The weighted average assumptions for the year ended December 31, 2020 includes assumed stock options. The weighted average assumptions,
excluding the assumed stock options, were an expected term of 6.0 years, volatility of 47%, risk-free interest rate of 1.0% and dividend yield of 0%.
The weighted average assumptions of the assumed stock options were an expected term of 4.3 years, volatility of 47%, risk-free interest rate of 0.3%
and dividend yield of 0%.
ESPP
Expected term (years)
Volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Dividend yield
8. Net Loss Per Share
Granted In
November 2020
0.5
50%
0.1%
—
May 2020
0.5
50%
0.2%
—
November 2019
0.5
46%
2.4%
—
May 2019
0.5
51%
2.5%
—
November 2018
0.5
37%
2.1%
—
May 2018
0.5
36%
1.4%
—
Basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period,
and excludes any dilutive effects of employee stock-based awards and warrants. Diluted net loss per share is computed giving effect to all potentially
dilutive shares of common stock, including common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options, vesting of restricted stock and shares of common stock
issuable upon conversion of convertible senior notes. As the Company had net losses for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, all
potentially issuable shares of common stock were determined to be anti-dilutive.
The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except per share data).
Net loss
Weighted-average shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share
Basic and diluted net loss per share
2020
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
$
$
(42,130)
64,154
(0.66)
$
$
(4,552)
60,371
(0.08)
$
$
(221)
58,076
—
97
Table of Contents
The following securities were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive (in
thousands).
Stock options
Restricted stock units
Convertible senior notes
Total
2020
December 31,
2019
2018
2,255
2,267
910
5,432
2,530
2,372
1,619
6,521
3,122
2,325
—
5,447
The Company uses the treasury stock method for calculating any potential dilutive effect of the conversion spread of its convertible senior notes. The
conversion spread had a dilutive impact for the 2023 convertible senior notes during the year ended December 31, 2020 since the average market price of
the Company’s common stock during the period exceeded the initial conversion price of $40.82 per share. However, the potential shares of common stock
issuable upon the conversion of the 2023 convertible senior notes were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share because their effect
would have been anti-dilutive. The conversion spread had an anti-dilutive impact for the 2025 convertible senior notes during the year ended December 31,
2020 since the average market price of the Company’s common stock during the period was less than the initial conversion price of $134.34 per share.
9. Income Taxes
The following table presents components of loss before income taxes for the periods presented (in thousands):
2020
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
United States
International
Income (loss) before income taxes
$
$
(44,303)
(280)
(44,583)
$
$
(5,340)
892
(4,448)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes for the periods presented consisted of (in thousands):
Current:
U.S. federal
U.S. state
Foreign
Total provision for income taxes - Current
Deferred:
U.S. federal
U.S. state
Foreign
Total provision for (benefit from) income taxes - Deferred
Total provision for (benefit from) income taxes
2020
Year Ended December 31,
2019
$
$
—
401
233
634
(2,495)
(414)
(178)
(3,087)
(2,453)
$
$
—
61
43
104
—
—
—
—
104
$
$
$
$
2018
(638)
717
79
—
28
272
300
—
—
—
—
300
98
Table of Contents
The Company recorded a deferred income tax benefit during 2020 principally due to the release of a portion of the previously recorded valuation
allowance as a result of the deferred tax liabilities recorded as part of the acquisition of Virtual Observer, and the change in the foreign deferred tax
balances during the year.
Income tax expense (benefit) differed from the amount computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate of 21% to pre-tax income
(loss) for the periods presented as a result of the following (in thousands):
U.S. federal tax at statutory rate
U.S. state income taxes
Section 162(m)
Non-deductible expense
Research and development credit
Stock-based compensation
Tax benefit from acquisition
Other
Change in valuation allowance
Total provision for (benefit from) income taxes
2020
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
$
$
(9,362)
(345)
6,472
1,944
(837)
(23,800)
(2,495)
651
25,319
(2,453)
$
$
(934)
(65)
5,623
276
(860)
(16,619)
—
(129)
12,812
104
$
$
17
2,539
2,956
11,529
(339)
(11,360)
—
106
(5,148)
300
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31,
2020 and 2019 related to the following (in thousands):
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss and credit carryforwards
Accrued liabilities
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Deferred revenue
Accrued compensation
Long-term lease liabilities
Intangibles
Gross deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance
Net deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment
Amortized intangibles
Other
Right of use assets
Deferred compensation - Current
Convertible senior notes
Gross deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred taxes
December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
95,180
6,244
766
782
3,596
1,418
—
107,986
(51,127)
56,859
(876)
(11,041)
(92)
(1,276)
(12,180)
(35,832)
(61,297)
(4,438)
$
$
69,718
4,184
217
408
1,301
1,992
88
77,908
(59,939)
17,969
(384)
(68)
(58)
(1,755)
(5,017)
(10,687)
(17,969)
—
The Company has not provided for U.S. income taxes on undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries because it intends to permanently re-invest
those earnings outside the United States. The undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries were immaterial as of December 31, 2020, 2019
and 2018.
A valuation allowance is provided for deferred tax assets where the recoverability of the assets is uncertain. The determination to provide a valuation
allowance is dependent upon the assessment of whether it is more likely
99
Table of Contents
than not that sufficient future taxable income will be generated to utilize the deferred tax assets. Based on the weight of the available evidence, which
includes the Company’s historical operating losses, lack of taxable income and the accumulated deficit, for the year ended December 31, 2020, the
Company has provided a valuation allowance against its U.S. net deferred tax assets. However, starting in 2020, the Company recorded net foreign deferred
tax liabilities associated with its U.K. and Australia operations totaling $4.4 million, which cannot reduce its U.S. valuation allowance. The net change in
the valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was a decrease of $8.8 million and an increase of $12.8 million, respectively.
As of December 31, 2020, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal, state and foreign income tax purposes of $356.0 million,
$201.6 million and $14.3 million, respectively, available to reduce future income subject to income taxes. If not utilized, the federal and state net operating
loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2024 and 2028, respectively, while the foreign net operating loss carryforwards do not expire. As of
December 31, 2020, the Company also had gross research credit carryforwards for federal and California state tax purposes of $6.1 million and $4.5
million, available to reduce future income subject to income taxes. The federal research credit carryforwards will begin to expire in 2024 and the California
state research credits can be carried forward indefinitely. The Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) of 1986, as amended, imposes restrictions on the utilization
of net operating losses in the event of an “ownership change” of a corporation. Accordingly, a company’s ability to use net operating losses may be limited
as prescribed under the IRC Section 382. Events that may cause limitations in the amount of the net operating losses that the Company may use in any one
year include, but are not limited to, a cumulative ownership change of more than 50% over a three-year period. Utilization of federal and state net operating
losses may be subject to substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the IRC Section 382 and similar state provisions.
In the event the Company has changes in ownership, net operating losses and research and development credit carryforwards, which are fully reserved by
the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, could be limited and may expire unutilized.
Unrecognized Tax Benefits
The table below shows the changes in the gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits for the periods presented (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2020
Unrecognized benefit — beginning of period
Gross increases — current year tax positions
Gross decreases — prior year tax positions
Unrecognized benefit — end of period
$
$
4,471
1,605
—
6,076
$
$
10,723
963
(7,215)
4,471
$
$
2018
3,115
7,608
—
10,723
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had $0.3 million and an immaterial amount, respectively, of total unrecognized tax benefits, if
recognized, would have an impact on the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as
income tax expense. The Company does not anticipate its total unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2020 will significantly change due to
settlement of examination or the expiration of statutes of limitation during the next 12 months. The Company is currently unaware of any uncertain tax
positions that could result in significant additional payments, accruals or other material deviation in this estimate over the next 12 months.
The Company is subject to taxation in the United States, various states and several foreign jurisdictions. Due to the Company’s net carryover of
unused operating losses, all years from 2001 forward remain subject to future examination by the U.S. federal and state tax authorities. The Company’s
foreign tax returns are open to audit under the statutes of limitation of the respective foreign countries in which the subsidiaries are located. The Company
considers all undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries indefinitely reinvested.
100
Table of Contents
10. Commitments and Contingencies
Commitments
As of December 31, 2020, $806.4 million of aggregate principal of the convertible senior notes were outstanding. The 2023 convertible senior notes
and the 2025 convertible senior notes are due on May 1, 2023 and June 1, 2025, respectively. See Note 6 for more information concerning the convertible
senior notes.
On July 29, 2020, the Company entered into the Bishop Ranch Lease. The Company expects to use the Bishop Ranch Lease as its new corporate
headquarters. The Lease commenced on February 1, 2021 and will continue for a period of 120 months. As of December 31, 2020, the Company's
commitments under the Bishop Ranch Lease totaled $46.4 million.
In September 2020, the Company entered into a cloud services agreement for a term of three years and total commitment of $12.5 million. As of
December 31, 2020, total remaining commitment was approximately $11.4 million, of which approximately $7.0 million and $4.4 million is expected to be
paid in 2021 and 2022, respectively.
Hosting, Telecommunication Usage and Maintenance Services
The Company has agreements with third parties to provide co-location hosting, telecommunication usage, and equipment maintenance services. The
agreements require payments per month for a fixed period of time in exchange for certain guarantees of network and telecommunication availability. The
Company is also committed to make future payments under maintenance service contracts for certain data center equipment.
As of December 31, 2020, future minimum payments under these arrangements were as follows (in thousands):
Year Ending December 31,
2021
2022
2023
2024
Thereafter
Total future minimum payment
Universal Services Fund Liability
Hosting Services
Telecommunication Usage
Services
Equipment Maintenance
Services
$
$
$
792
997
186
—
—
1,975
$
$
$
3,304
1,573
444
51
—
5,372
$
$
$
25
—
—
—
—
25
The Company is classified as a telecommunications service provider for regulatory purposes and is required to make contributions to the USF based
on the revenue the Company receives from the resale of interstate and international telecommunications services. In order to comply with the obligation to
make direct contributions, the Company is registered with the USAC, which is charged by the FCC with administering the USF, and has been remitting the
required contributions to USAC since its registration with the USAC in April 2013. In June 2015, in connection with the Company’s late registration with
the USAC and past failure to make USF contributions prior to 2013, the Company entered into a consent decree with the FCC Enforcement Bureau. In the
consent decree, the Company agreed to pay a civil penalty of $2.0 million to the U.S. Treasury, which was paid in installments ending on December 31,
2018. The Company also agreed to make USF contributions of $3.9 million based on its revenues for the period from 2008 to 2012. The Company is still in
dispute with the FCC regarding whether the Company is liable for USF contributions related to the period from 2003 through 2007. As of December 31,
2020, the Company had accrued $0.9 million in respect of the remaining disputed assessments, including interest and penalties, for the period of 2003
through 2007.
State and Local Taxes and Surcharges
The Company, based on analysis of its activities, has determined that it is obligated to collect and remit U.S. state or local sales, use, gross receipts,
excise and utility user taxes, as well as fees or surcharges as a communications service provider in certain U.S. states, municipalities or local tax
jurisdictions. The Company is registered for, collecting and remitting applicable taxes where such a determination has been made. Prior to the Company’s
making such determination, the Company neither collected nor remitted these taxes, fees or surcharges to applicable local, municipal or state jurisdictions.
The Company continues to analyze its activities to determine if it is subject to these taxes in additional jurisdictions and based on the Company’s ongoing
assessment of its U.S. state
101
Table of Contents
and local tax collection and remittance obligations, the Company registers for tax and regulatory purposes in such jurisdictions and commences collecting
and remitting applicable state and local taxes and surcharges to these jurisdictions.
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had total accrued liabilities of $1.1 million and $1.2 million, respectively, for such contingent sales
taxes and surcharges that were not being collected from its clients but may be imposed by various taxing authorities, of which $0.2 million and $0.4
million, respectively, were included in current “Sales tax liability” on the consolidated balance sheets, and the remaining were included in non-current
“Sales tax liability” on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company’s estimate of the probable loss incurred under this contingency is based on its
analysis of the source location of its usage-based fees and the regulations and rules in each tax jurisdiction.
Legal Matters
The Company is involved in various legal and regulatory matters arising in the normal course of business. In management’s opinion, resolution of
these matters is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, cash flows, or its financial position. However,
due to the uncertain nature of legal matters, an unfavorable resolution of a matter could materially affect the Company’s future consolidated results of
operations, cash flows or financial position in a particular period. The Company expenses legal fees as incurred.
Indemnification Agreements
In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into agreements of varying scope and terms pursuant to which it agrees to indemnify clients,
vendors, lessors, business partners and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of breach of such
agreements, including breach of security, services to be provided by the Company or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties.
In addition, the Company has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors, officers and certain employees that will require it, among other
things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors, officers or employees. There are no
claims that it is aware of that could have a material effect on the consolidated balance sheet, consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss,
or consolidated statements of cash flows.
11. Geographical Information
The following table summarizes revenues by geographic region based on client billing address (in thousands):
United States
International
Total revenue
2020
Year Ended December 31,
2019
400,509
34,399
434,908
$
$
301,536
26,470
328,006
$
$
$
$
2018
239,378
18,286
257,664
The following table summarizes total property and equipment, net in the respective locations (in thousands):
United States
International
Property and equipment, net
12. Retirement Plans
December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
43,339
7,874
51,213
$
$
29,246
3,944
33,190
The Company has a 401(k) plan to provide tax deferred salary deductions for all eligible employees. Participants may make voluntary contributions
to the 401(k) plan, limited by certain Internal Revenue Service restrictions. The Company is responsible for the administrative costs of the 401(k) plan. The
Company began matching employee contributions in cash in the fourth quarter of 2019. The contribution expense for the year ended December 31, 2020
and 2019 was $1.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively.
102
Table of Contents
The Company complies with the requirement of maintaining a retirement plan for employees in the Philippines. This plan is a non-contributory and
defined benefit type that provides retirement to employees equal to approximately one month salary for every year of credited service for employees who
attain the normal retirement of age of 60 with at least five years of service. The benefits are paid in a lump sum amount upon retirement from the Company.
Total defined benefit liability was $0.6 million and $0.4 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Total retirement expense for this plan was
$0.1 million, $0.1 million, and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.
13. Leases
The Company has leases for offices, data centers and computer and networking equipment that expire at various dates through 2031. The Company’s
leases have remaining terms of one to ten years, some of the leases include a Company option to extend the leases for up to three to five years, and some of
the leases include the option to terminate the leases upon 30-days’ notice.
The Company adopted ASC 842 using the modified retrospective method on January 1, 2019. The Company elected the available practical
expedients, implemented internal controls, and a lease accounting system to enable the preparation of financial information upon adoption. The adoption of
ASC 842 resulted in the recognition of operating lease liabilities of $8.4 million and operating lease ROU assets of the same amount. Existing deferred rent
of $0.6 million was recorded as an offset to ROU assets, resulting in net ROU assets of $7.8 million. The Company’s accounting for finance leases
remained substantially unchanged. The adoption of ASC 842 did not have any impact on the Company’s operating results or cash flows.
The components of lease expenses were as follows (in thousands):
2020
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
Operating lease cost
Finance lease cost:
Amortization of right-of-use assets
Interest on finance lease liabilities
Total finance lease cost
$
$
$
6,142
748
212
960
$
$
$
5,153
6,345
704
7,049
Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows (in thousands):
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash used in operating leases
Financing cash used in finance leases
Right of use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:
Operating leases
Finance leases
2020
Year Ended December 31,
2019
$
(6,531)
(3,715)
$
5,980
—
(5,237)
(7,054)
5,737
—
$
$
$
$
—
7,125
1,347
8,472
2018
—
(8,544)
—
6,133
103
Table of Contents
Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows (in thousands):
Operating leases
Operating lease right-of-use assets
Operating lease liabilities:
Operating lease liabilities — less current portion
Total operating lease liabilities
Finance leases
Property and equipment, gross
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
Property and equipment, net
Finance lease liabilities:
Finance leases
Finance lease liabilities — less current portion
Total finance lease liabilities
Weighted average remaining terms were as follows (in years):
Weighted average remaining lease term
Operating leases
Finance leases
Weighted average discount rates were as follows:
Weighted average discount rate
Operating leases
Finance leases
Maturities of lease liabilities were as follows (in thousands):
Year Ending December 31,
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Total future minimum lease payment
Less: imputed interest
Total
December 31,
2020
2019
9,010
3,912
5,379
9,291
45,021
(41,908)
3,113
612
—
612
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
8,746
5,064
4,329
9,393
46,671
(39,190)
7,481
3,518
809
4,327
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
December 31,
2020
2019
2.6 years
0.5 years
2.7 years
1.1 years
December 31,
2020
2019
4.5 %
7.9 %
4.7 %
7.5 %
Operating Leases
Finance Leases
$
$
4,138
3,098
1,888
676
—
9,800
(509)
9,291
$
$
628
—
—
—
—
628
(16)
612
Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s Bishop Ranch Lease had not yet commenced, representing a total commitment over its term of
$46.4 million. This operating lease commenced on February 1, 2021 with a lease term of 10 years.
14. Acquisitions
Inference Solutions
On November 18, 2020, the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of Inference for total consideration of approximately
$156.7 million. The total consideration comprised of $137.0 million in cash, net of cash acquired, and $18.1 million in estimated fair value of contingent
earn out consideration. The contingent earn out consideration is up to $24.0 million and is based upon achievement of certain milestones and relative
thresholds during the earn out measurement period which ends on December 31, 2021. The range of amounts that the Company could pay under the
contingent consideration arrangement is between $0.0 million and $24.0 million. See Note 3 for additional information regarding the contingent
consideration arrangement. This acquisition, which was accounted for as a business combination, is intended to accelerate the Company’s AI position
through the addition of Inference’s widely deployed IVA platform.
The excess of the purchase price over identifiable intangible assets and net tangible assets in the amount of $131.0 million was allocated to goodwill,
which is not deductible for tax purposes. The fair values assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed are based on management’s best estimates and
assumptions as of the reporting date and are considered preliminary pending finalization of valuation analyses pertaining to intangible assets acquired,
liabilities assumed and tax liabilities assumed including calculation of deferred tax assets and liabilities. During the measurement period, which may be up
to one year from the acquisition date, the Company may record adjustments to the fair value of these tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities
assumed, with the corresponding offset to goodwill. The following table presents the preliminary allocation of the purchase price at the acquisition date (in
thousands):
Cash
Property and equipment acquired
Other assets acquired
Acquired technology
Customer relationships
Trade name and trademarks
Goodwill
Total assets acquired
Liabilities assumed
Deferred tax liability
Total consideration
Total consideration (net of cash acquired)
$
$
$
1,394
124
2,238
28,600
1,100
400
130,976
164,832
(3,525)
(4,616)
156,691
155,297
The acquired technology, customer relationships, and trade name will be amortized on a straight-line basis over their assigned useful lives of six
years, five years, and two years, respectively. The Company used the income approach to estimate the fair value of intangible assets acquired.
In connection with this acquisition, the Company incurred approximately $2.9 million of acquisition costs, which have been expensed as incurred
and included in general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income. The results of operations of this
acquisition are included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations from the date of acquisition. No pro forma financial information is
provided as the financial results of Inference were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Virtual Observer
Table of Contents
On April 1, 2020, the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Virtual Observer, formerly Coordinated
Systems, Inc., for cash consideration of approximately $32.2 million, subject to adjustment, pursuant to a stock purchase agreement by and among the
Company and Robert H. Hutcheon, David R. Brower and Daniel J. McGrail, dated January 15, 2020. This acquisition, was accounted for as a business
combination, is intended to expand the Company's portfolio to include a cloud-based Workforce Optimization ("WFO") offering as a complement to its
ongoing strategic partnerships with leading WFO providers.
The excess of the purchase price over identifiable intangible assets and net tangible assets in the amount of $22.6 million was allocated to goodwill,
which is not deductible for tax purposes. The fair values assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed are based on management’s best estimates and
assumptions as of the reporting date and are considered preliminary pending finalization of valuation analyses pertaining to intangible assets acquired,
liabilities assumed and tax liabilities assumed including calculation of deferred tax assets and liabilities. During the measurement period, which may be up
to one year from the acquisition date, the Company may record adjustments to the fair value of these tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities
assumed, with the corresponding offset to goodwill. The following table presents the preliminary allocation of the purchase price at the acquisition date (in
thousands):
Cash
Tangible assets acquired
Acquired technology
Customer relationships
Trade name and trademarks
Goodwill
Total assets acquired
Deferred tax liability
Liabilities assumed
Total
$
$
168
200
12,200
500
100
22,646
35,814
(2,910)
(682)
32,222
The acquired technology, customer relationships, and trade name and trademarks will be amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated
useful lives of five years, five years, and two years, respectively. The Company used the income approach to estimate the fair value of intangible assets
acquired.
In connection with this acquisition, the Company incurred total acquisition-related transaction costs of $0.9 million that has been expensed as
incurred and included in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations in 2020, and expensed an additional $0.3 million
in 2019.
The results of operations of this acquisition are included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations from the date of acquisition. No
pro forma financial information is provided as the financial results of the acquiree were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Whendu LLC
In November 2019, the Company acquired certain assets from Whendu, including its iPaaS platform, which the Company has determined to be an
asset acquisition. The purchase price, including the Company’s transaction costs, was approximately $15.9 million, of which $15.4 million was allocated to
the Whendu iPaaS platform and $0.5 million was allocated to an assembled workforce, on a relative fair value basis. The assets will be amortized on a
straight-line basis over their useful lives of four and three years, respectively.
106
Table of Contents
15. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
Selected quarterly financial information for 2020 and 2019 is as follows:
Dec. 31, 2020
Sept. 30,
2020
Jun. 30,
2020
Mar. 31,
2020
Dec. 31,
2019
Sept. 30,
2019
Jun. 30,
2019
Mar. 31,
2019
Quarter Ended
Revenue
Cost of revenue
Gross profit
Operating expenses:
(1)(2)
$
$
127,885
51,233
76,652
$
112,143
46,561
65,582
(unaudited, in thousands, except per share data)
99,792
42,453
57,339
92,263
37,940
54,323
95,088
40,037
55,051
$
$
$
83,769
34,472
49,297
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
(1)(2)
(1)(2)
(1)(2)
Total operating expenses
Income (loss) from operations
Other income (expense), net:
Interest expense
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
Interest income and other
Total other income (expense), net
Income (loss) before income taxes
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) per share:
Basic
Diluted
Shares used in computing net income (loss) per share:
Basic
Diluted
18,676
37,053
18,258
73,987
2,665
(9,481)
(887)
501
(9,867)
(7,202)
8
(7,210)
0.11
0.11
66,133
66,133
$
$
$
17,674
32,969
16,724
67,367
(1,785)
(9,649)
(282)
631
(9,300)
(11,085)
346
(11,431)
(0.17)
(0.17)
65,460
65,460
$
$
$
17,208
32,231
16,129
65,568
(8,229)
(5,734)
(5,794)
829
(10,699)
(18,928)
(2,876)
(16,052)
(0.25)
(0.25)
63,282
63,282
$
$
$
15,189
30,160
14,658
60,007
(4,956)
(3,484)
0
1,072
(2,412)
(7,368)
69
(7,437)
(0.12)
(0.12)
61,705
61,705
$
$
$
12,168
25,627
13,496
51,291
3,032
(3,506)
0
1,384
(2,122)
910
74
836
0.01
0.01
61,253
65,962
$
$
$
11,665
25,014
12,146
48,825
472
(3,486)
0
1,460
(2,026)
(1,554)
50
(1,604)
(0.03)
(0.03)
60,781
60,781
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
77,436
31,248
46,188
10,811
23,250
12,042
46,103
85
(3,406)
0
1,490
(1,916)
(1,831)
29
(1,860)
(0.03)
(0.03)
60,058
60,058
74,538
30,851
43,687
10,546
21,701
11,762
44,009
(322)
(3,396)
0
1,745
(1,651)
(1,973)
(49)
(1,924)
(0.03)
(0.03)
59,367
59,367
(1) Included stock-based compensation as follows:
Cost of revenue
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Total stock-based compensation
Quarter Ended
Dec. 31, 2020
Sept. 30,
2020
Jun. 30, 2020 Mar. 31, 2020
Dec. 31, 2019
Sept. 30,
2019
Jun. 30, 2019 Mar. 31, 2019
(unaudited, in thousands)
$
$
2,331
3,674
5,366
5,505
16,876
$
$
2,603
3,876
5,427
5,380
17,286
$
$
2,499
3,684
5,265
5,343
16,791
$
$
1,989
2,806
4,106
4,893
13,794
$
$
1,745
2,259
3,353
4,511
11,868
$
$
1,702
2,022
3,017
4,334
11,075
$
$
1,658
1,907
2,749
4,122
10,436
$
$
1,229
1,470
2,249
3,738
8,686
107
Table of Contents
(2) Included depreciation and amortization expenses as follows:
Dec. 31, 2020
Sept. 30,
2020
Jun. 30, 2020 Mar. 31, 2020
Dec. 31, 2019
Sept. 30,
2019
Jun. 30, 2019 Mar. 31, 2019
Quarter Ended
(unaudited, in thousands)
Cost of revenue
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Total depreciation and amortization
$
$
5,948
488
2
899
7,337
$
$
5,171
512
1
853
6,537
$
$
5,120
497
2
624
6,243
$
$
3,940
465
2
563
4,970
$
$
3,384
461
2
477
4,324
$
$
2,602
450
2
443
3,497
$
$
2,504
450
1
406
3,361
$
$
2,366
440
1
385
3,192
ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we
conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange
Act, as of December 31, 2020.
Based on management’s evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2020, our disclosure
controls and procedures were designed, and were effective, to provide assurance at a reasonable level that the information we are required to disclose in
reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC rules
and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required
disclosures.
In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any disclosure controls and procedures, no matter
how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of disclosure
controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and that management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the
benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and
15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2020 based on the criteria set forth in the 2013 Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations
of the Treadway Commission. Based on the assessment, our management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as
of December 31, 2020 to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in
accordance with U.S. GAAP.
KPMG LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited our financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K,
has issued an attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting, which is included herein.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
During the three months ended December 31, 2020, there was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected,
or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
108
Table of Contents
ITEM 9B. Other Information
None.
109
Table of Contents
ITEM 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
PART III
The information concerning our directors, compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, our Audit Committee and any changes to the
process by which stockholders may recommend nominees to the Board required by this Item are incorporated herein by reference to information contained
in our Proxy Statement for the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the year ended December 31, 2020, or the
2021 Proxy Statement, including “Proposal No 1. — Election of Directors,” “Corporate Governance” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting
Compliance.”
The information concerning our executive officers required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to information contained in the 2021
Proxy Statement including “Executive Officers.”
We have adopted a code of ethics and business conduct, or code of conduct, that applies to all employees, including our principal executive officer,
our principal financial officer, our principal accounting officer, and all other executive officers. Our code of conduct is available on our website at
http://investors.five9.com/corporate-governance.cfm. We plan to post on our website at the address described above any future amendments or waivers of
our code of conduct.
ITEM 11. Executive Compensation
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to information contained in the 2021 Proxy Statement, including
“Corporate Governance,” “Executive Compensation” and “Compensation of Directors.”
ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to information contained in the 2021 Proxy Statement, including
“Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information.”
ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to information contained in the 2021 Proxy Statement, including
“Corporate Governance” and “Transactions With Related Persons.”
ITEM 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to information contained in the 2021 Proxy Statement, including
“Proposal No. 4 — Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”
110
Table of Contents
ITEM 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Report:
1. Consolidated Financial Statements
PART IV
The consolidated financial statements of Five9 and the report of independent registered public accounting firm thereon are set forth under Part II,
Item 8 of this report.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
66
69
70
71
72
73
2. Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules
The Financial Statement Schedules not listed have been omitted because the information required to be set forth herein is included in ITEM 8 —
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data or they are not applicable or are not required.
3. Exhibits.
The following exhibits are filed with or incorporated by reference in this report. Where such filing is made by incorporation by reference to a
previously filed registration statement or report, such registration statement or report is identified in parentheses.
Exhibit Number
Exhibit Index
Description
3.1Ø
3.2Ø
4.1Ø
4.2Ø
4.3Ø
4.4Ø
4.5Ø
4.6Ø
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Five9, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on April 10, 2014 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference herein).
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Five9, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC
on August 3, 2020 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference herein).
Form of Common Stock Certificate (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1
filed with the SEC on March 24, 2014 (File No. 333-194258) and incorporated by reference herein).
Indenture between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, dated May 8, 2018 (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 8, 2018 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference
herein).
Form of 0.125% Convertible Senior Notes due 2023 (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the
SEC on May 8, 2018 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference herein).
Description of Registrant’s Securities. (filed as Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on
February 27, 2020 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference herein).
Indenture, dated as of May 27, 2020, between Five 9, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the
Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 28, 2020 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference
herein).
Form of 0.500% Convertible Senior Notes due 2025 (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the
SEC on May 28, 2020 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference herein).
111
Table of Contents
Exhibit Number
10.1+Ø
10.2+Ø
10.3+Ø
10.4+Ø
10.5+Ø
10.6+Ø
10.7+Ø
10.8+Ø
10.9+Ø
10.10+Ø
10.11+Ø
10.12+Ø
10.13+Ø
10.14+
10.15Ø
10.16Ø
10.17Ø
Exhibit Index
Description
Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers, as amended on July 31,
2015 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015 (File No. 001-
36383) and incorporated by reference herein).
Confirmation Letter between the Registrant and Barry Zwarenstein (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on
Form S-1 filed with the SEC on March 3, 2014 (File No. 333-194258) and incorporated by reference herein).
Offer Letter between the Registrant and Dan Burkland and amendment (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement
on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on March 3, 2014 (File No. 333-194258) and incorporated by reference herein).
Offer Letter between the Registrant and Scott Welch (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with
the SEC on March 10, 2015 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference herein).
Offer Letter between the Registrant and Rowan Trollope (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed
with the SEC on May 1, 2018 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference herein).
Five9, Inc. Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to Amendment No.2 to the Company’s
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on April 3, 2014 (File No. 333-194258) and incorporated by reference herein).
Amendment to Five9, Inc. Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, effective March 6, 2014 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 14, 2014 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference
herein).
Five9, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and related form agreements (filed as Exhibit 10.9 to Amendment No.1 to the Company’s
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on March 24, 2014 (File No. 333-194258) and incorporated by reference
herein).
Inference Technologies Group Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Form S-8 filed with the SEC on
November 19, 2020 (File No. 333-250197) and incorporated by reference herein).
Five9, Inc. 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.10 to Amendment No.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement
on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on March 24, 2014 (File No. 333-194258) and incorporated by reference herein).
Five9, Inc. 2019 Key Employee Severance Benefit Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report Form 8-K filed with
the SEC on April 9, 2019 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference herein).
Five9 Inc. 2020 Executive Bonus Program. (filed as Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC
on February 27, 2020 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference herein).
Five9 Inc. Executive Incentive Compensation Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the
SEC on February 18, 2021 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference herein).
Five9 Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy
Office Lease for Bishop Ranch Building, dated December 16, 2011, between the Registrant and Alexander Properties Company and
First Lease Addendum dated October 24, 2012, Second Lease Addendum dated January 23, 2014, Third Lease Addendum dated April
3, 2017, Fourth Lease Addendum dated June 30, 2017, Fifth Lease Addendum dated January 3, 2018, Sixth Lease Addendum dated
July 1, 2018 and Seventh Lease Addendum dated February 27, 2019 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form
10-K filed with the SEC on May 1, 2019 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference herein).
Form of Capped Call Confirmation (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 8,
2018 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference herein).
Form of Capped Call Confirmation (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May
28, 2020 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference herein).
112
Table of Contents
Exhibit Number
10.18Ø
10.19Ø
21.1
23.1
24.1
31.1
31.2
32.1†
101.INS
101.SCH
101.CAL
101.DEF
101.LAB
101.PRE
104
Exhibit Index
Description
Bishop Ranch Building Lease, dated July 29, 2020, between Five9, Inc. and 2600 CR, LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 3, 2020 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference herein).
Chairman of the Board Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on
August 3, 2020 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference herein).
Subsidiaries of the Company.
Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
Power of Attorney (included on signature page to this Annual Report on Form 10-K).
Certification of Chief Executive Officer of Five9, Inc. Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Chief Financial Officer of Five9, Inc. Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Five9, Inc. Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
XBRL Instance Document
XBRL Taxonomy Schema Linkbase Document
XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document
XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase Document
XBRL Taxonomy Labels Linkbase Document
XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document
Cover Page Interactive Data File. Formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101.
Ø Previously filed.
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
† The certifications attached as Exhibit 32.1 that accompany this Annual Report on Form 10-K, are not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission and are not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Five9, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, irrespective of any general
incorporation language contained in such filing.
ITEM 16. Form 10-K Summary
None.
113
Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Date:
February 26, 2021
Five9, Inc.
By:
/s/ Rowan Trollope
Rowan Trollope
Chief Executive Officer
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that each individual whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Rowan Trollope and
Barry Zwarenstein, and each of them, severally, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with the power to act, with or without the other,
with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in his or her capacity as a director or officer or
both, as the case may be, of the Company, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto
and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of
them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he
might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully
do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
/s/ Rowan Trollope
Rowan Trollope
/s/ Barry Zwarenstein
Barry Zwarenstein
/s/ Leena Mansharamani
Leena Mansharamani
/s/ Michael Burkland
Michael Burkland
/s/ Jack Acosta
Jack Acosta
/s/ Kimberly Alexy
Kimberly Alexy
/s/ Susan Barsamian
Susan Barsamian
/s/ Michael Burdiek
Michael Burdiek
/s/ David DeWalt
David DeWalt
/s/ David Welsh
David Welsh
/s/ Robert Zollars
Robert Zollars
Title
Chief Executive Officer, Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
Chairman of the Board, Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director; Lead Independent Director
Director
114
Date
February 26, 2021
February 26, 2021
February 26, 2021
February 26, 2021
February 26, 2021
February 26, 2021
February 26, 2021
February 26, 2021
February 26, 2021
February 26, 2021
February 26, 2021
Exhibit 10.14
Five9, Inc.
Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy
Approved: February 12, 2021 (the “Adoption Date”)
Each member of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Five9, Inc. (the “Company”) who is not also serving as an employee of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries (each such non-employee member, a “Director”) will receive the following compensation for his or her
Board service, unless and until changed by the Board.
Annual Cash Compensation
The cash compensation amounts set forth below are payable in equal quarterly installments, in arrears on the last day of each fiscal quarter in
which the service occurred (each, a “Quarter”). For any partial Quarter of service, the applicable quarterly amount will be pro-rated based on
days in service. All amounts are vested at payment.
1. Annual Board Service Retainer:
a. All Directors: $30,000
2. Annual Chair Service Fee:
a. Chairman/Lead Director of the Board: $15,000
b. Chairman of the Audit Committee: $20,000
c. Chairman of the Compensation Committee: $13,500
d. Chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee: $8,500
3. Annual Committee Member (non-Chair) Service Fee:
a. Audit Committee: $8,500
b. Compensation Committee: $5,000
c. Nominating and Governance Committee: $4,000
Equity Compensation
The equity compensation set forth below will be granted under the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The grant sizes
indicated below will be subject to the limitation in the Plan on the number of awards that can be granted in a calendar year to any one
individual or director and, for the avoidance of doubt, are converted from dollar amounts to Company shares solely pursuant to the formula in
this policy and not pursuant to the formula in the Company’s Equity Award Grant Policy that is applicable to grants to Company employees
and consultants. All unvested outstanding stock awards granted under this policy will become fully vested as of immediately prior to a
Change in Control (as defined in the Plan).
1
Exhibit 10.14
New Director RSU Grant: For any individual who first becomes a Director after the date hereof (other than as a result of an employee
director transitioning to become a non-employee director, and other than any individual who first becomes a Director at the Company’s
Annual Meeting), on the effective date on which the Director joins the Board (the “Service Effective Date”), he or she will be granted,
automatically, and without further action by the Board, (A) an RSU for a number of shares equal to (i) $400,000, divided by (ii) the Fair
Market Value (as defined in the Plan) of a share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, rounded down for any partial share,
which will vest in three equal annual installments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the date of grant, subject to the Director’s
continued service through such vesting date, and (B) an RSU for a number of shares equal to (i) the Pro Rated Amount, divided by (ii) the
Fair Market Value (as defined in the Plan) of a share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, rounded down for any partial
share, which will vest in full in one installment on the first anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the Director’s continued service
through such vesting date. The “Pro Rated Amount” shall mean the product of $200,000 and a ratio, the numerator of which is twelve (12)
minus the number of full months that have elapsed between the date the immediately prior Annual Grants were made to the Company’s
current Directors (including such date) and the Service Effective Date (but excluding such date), based on a month of 30 days and with the
15 day being rounded up, and the denominator of which is twelve (12).
th
Annual RSU Grant: On the date of each annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders at which directors are regularly elected
(each, an “Annual Meeting”), each Director will be granted, automatically, and without further action by the Board, an RSU for a number of
shares equal to (i) $200,000, divided by (ii) the Fair Market Value, rounded down for any partial share (the “Annual Grant”). The Annual
Grant will vest in full in one installment on the earlier to occur of (i) the first anniversary of the grant date, and (ii) immediately prior to the
Company’s next succeeding Annual Meeting, subject to the Director’s continued service through such vesting date. Any director receiving an
RSU grant in the Pro Rated Amount as set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph, shall not be eligible to receive an Annual Grant on
the date of the next succeeding Annual Meeting after the date they first become a Director, but shall be eligible to receive an Annual Grant on
the date of each successive Annual Meeting thereafter (provided they remain in service as a Director).
2
Entity Name
Inference Technologies Group, Inc.
Jurisdiction
Delaware
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
Exhibit 21.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Exhibit 23.1
The Board of Directors
Five9, Inc.:
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (Nos. 333-195037, 333-204145, 333-209918, 333-216332, 333-
223362, 333-229845 and 333-236723) on Form S-8 of Five9, Inc. (“the Company”) of our report dated February 26, 2021, with respect to the
consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations and
comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2020, and the
related notes, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, which report appears in the
December 31, 2020 annual report on Form 10‑K of the Company. Our report refers to a change to its method of accounting for leases as of
January 1, 2019.
/s/ KPMG LLP
San Francisco, California
February 26, 2021
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Exhibit 31.1
I, Rowan Trollope, certify that:
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Five9, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2020;
1.
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))
for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially
affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably
likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control
over financial reporting.
Date:
February 26, 2021
By:
/s/ Rowan Trollope
Rowan Trollope
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Exhibit 31.2
I, Barry Zwarenstein, certify that:
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Five9, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2020;
1.
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))
for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially
affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably
likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control
over financial reporting.
Date:
February 26, 2021
By:
/s/ Barry Zwarenstein
Barry Zwarenstein
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Rowan Trollope, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the
Annual Report of Five9, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 fully complies with the requirements of
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents in all
material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date:
February 26, 2021
By:
/s/ Rowan Trollope
Rowan Trollope
Chief Executive Officer
I, Barry Zwarenstein, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the
Annual Report of Five9, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 fully complies with the requirements of
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents in all
material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date:
February 26, 2021
By:
/s/ Barry Zwarenstein
Barry Zwarenstein
Chief Financial Officer
This certification accompanies the Form 10-K to which it relates, is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be
incorporated by reference into any filing of Five9, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(whether made before or after the date of the Form 10-K), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.